e424b4
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration No. 333-170544
PROSPECTUS
2,871,240 Shares
Common Stock
$12.25 per share
SPS Commerce, Inc. is selling 100,000 shares of our common
stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus
are selling an additional 2,771,240 shares. We will not
receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares sold by
selling stockholders. We and the selling stockholders have
granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to an additional 430,686 shares to
cover over-allotments, if any.
On December 2, 2010, the last reported sale price of our
common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market was $12.95 per
share. Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market
under the symbol SPSC.
Investing in our common stock
involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on
page 8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
12.25
|
|
|
$
|
35,172,690
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$
|
0.735
|
|
|
$
|
2,110,361
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
11.515
|
|
|
$
|
1,151,500
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
$
|
11.515
|
|
|
$
|
31,910,829
|
|
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any
state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company
|
|
JMP Securities
|
|
Needham & Company, LLC
|
|
Canaccord Genuity
|
|
Craig-Hallum Capital Group
|
The date of this prospectus is
December 3, 2010.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not,
authorized any other person to provide you with information
different from that contained in this prospectus. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer
to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is
not permitted. The information in this prospectus speaks only as
of the date of this prospectus unless the information
specifically indicates that another date applies, regardless of
the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our
common stock.
SPS
Commerce®,
SPSCommerce.net, the SPS Commerce logo and other trademarks or
service marks of SPS Commerce appearing in this prospectus are
the property of SPS Commerce. Trade names, trademarks and
service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus
are the property of the respective owners.
In this prospectus, company, we, our, and us refer to SPS
Commerce, Inc. and its subsidiary, except where the context
otherwise requires.
We obtained industry and market data used throughout this
prospectus through our research, surveys and studies conducted
by third parties and industry and general publications. We have
not independently verified market and industry data from
third-party sources.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus
carefully, including the sections titled Risk
Factors and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our financial statements and the notes thereto accompanying
this prospectus, before making an investment in our common
stock.
Our
Business
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand supply chain management
solutions, providing integration, collaboration, connectivity,
visibility and data analytics to thousands of customers
worldwide. We provide our solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a
hosted software suite that uses pre-built integrations to enable
our supplier customers to shorten supply cycle times, optimize
inventory levels, reduce costs and satisfy retailer
requirements. As of September 30, 2010, we had over 12,100
customers with contracts to pay us monthly fees, which we refer
to as recurring revenue customers. We have also generated
revenues by providing supply chain management solutions to an
additional 26,000 organizations that, together with our
recurring revenue customers, we refer to as our customers. Once
connected to our platform, our customers often require
integrations to new organizations that allow us to expand our
platform and generate additional revenues.
We deliver our solutions to our customers over the Internet
using a Software-as-a-Service model. Our delivery model enables
us to offer greater functionality, integration and reliability
with less cost and risk than traditional solutions. Our platform
features pre-built integrations with 3,000 order management
models and over 100 accounting, warehouse management, enterprise
resource planning, and packing and shipping applications. Our
delivery model leverages our existing integrations across
current and new customers. As a result, each integration that we
add to SPSCommerce.net makes our platform more appealing to
potential customers by increasing the number of pre-built
integrations we offer.
For 2007, 2008, 2009, and the nine months ended
September 30, 2010, we generated revenues of
$25.2 million, $30.7 million, $37.7 million and
$32.7 million. Our fiscal quarter ended September 30,
2010 represented our 39th consecutive quarter of increased
revenues. Recurring revenues from recurring revenue customers
accounted for 83%, 84%, 80% and 83% of our total revenues for
2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30,
2010. No customer represented over 2% of our revenues for 2007,
2008 or 2009 or the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
Our
Industry
The supply chain management industry serves thousands of
retailers around the world supplied with goods from tens of
thousands of suppliers. Additional participants in this market
include distributors, third-party logistics providers,
manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers and
sourcing companies. Supply chain management involves
communicating data related to the exchange of goods among these
trading partners.
Our target market, supply chain integration solutions delivered
on a Software-as-a-Service platform, is one of many which
comprise the global Software-as-a-Service market. International
Data Corporation, or IDC, estimated in June 2010 that the global
Software-as-a-Service market reached $13.1 billion in 2009
and expects it to increase to $40.5 billion in 2014, a
compound annual growth rate of 25.3%. As familiarity and
acceptance of on-demand
1
solutions continues to accelerate, we believe companies will
continue to turn to on-demand delivery methods like ours for
their supply chain integration needs.
Retailers impose non-standardized, specific work-flow rules and
processes on their trading partners for electronically
communicating supply chain information through rule
books. The responsibility for creating information
maps, which are integration connections between the
retailer and the supplier that comply with the retailers
rule books, resides primarily with the supplier. Noncompliance
with rule books can lead to refusal of delivered goods, fines
and termination of the suppliers relationship with the
retailer.
A number of key trends are impacting the supply chain management
industry and increasing demand for supply chain management
solutions. These include:
|
|
|
|
|
increasing retailer service and performance demands;
|
|
|
globalization of the supply chain ecosystem;
|
|
|
increasing complexity of the supply chain ecosystem; and
|
|
|
increasing use of outsourcing by small- and medium-sized
suppliers.
|
Trading partners are demanding better supply chain management
solutions than traditional methods, which include non-automated
paper or fax solutions and electronic solutions implemented
using on-premise licensed software. These software solutions
primarily link retailers and suppliers through the Electronic
Data Interchange protocol and typically have significant setup
and maintenance requirements. Software-as-a-Service solutions
such as ours allow organizations to connect across the supply
chain ecosystem, addressing increased retailer demands,
globalization and increased complexity affecting the supply
chain. The enhanced integration with trading partners and into
organizations other business systems increases the
reliance of customers on the solutions provided by their
Software-as-a-Service vendors.
SPSCommerce.net:
Our Platform
We operate one of the largest trading partner integration
centers through SPSCommerce.net. More than 38,000 customers
across more than 40 countries have used our platform to enhance
their trading relationships. A single integration to
SPSCommerce.net allows an organization to connect seamlessly to
the entire SPSCommerce.net network of trading partners. By
maintaining current integrations with retailers such as
Wal-Mart, Target, Macys and Safeway, SPSCommerce.net
eliminates the need for suppliers to continually stay
up-to-date
with the rule book changes required by large retailers.
Suppliers, distributors, third-party logistics providers,
outsourced manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers
and sourcing companies that use our platform realize benefits
through more reliable and faster integration with retailers as
well as reduced costs and improved efficiency in the order
fulfillment process. These participants also realize increased
sales through enhanced supply chain visibility into
retailers inventory and
point-of-sale
information. Buying organizations, such as retailers, grocers
and distributors, use our solutions to establish more
comprehensive and advanced integrations with a broader set of
suppliers. Our platform helps buying organizations reduce
expenses, enhance quality of inventory and more effectively
reconcile shipments, orders and payments.
Our platform delivers suppliers and retailers the following
solutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Integration. Our Trading Partner
Integration solution enables suppliers to comply with
retailers rule books and allows for the electronic
exchange of information among numerous trading partners through
various protocols.
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Enablement. Our Trading Partner
Enablement solution helps organizations, typically large
retailers, implement new integrations with trading partners,
typically suppliers, to drive automation and electronic
communication across their supply chains.
|
|
|
Trading Partner Intelligence. In 2009, we introduced
our Trading Partner Intelligence solution, which consists of six
data analytics applications and allows our supplier customers to
improve their visibility across, and analysis of, their supply
chains. Retailers improve their visibility into supplier
performance and their understanding of product sell-through.
|
|
|
Other Trading Partner Solutions. We provide a number
of peripheral solutions such as barcode labeling and our scan
and pack application, which helps trading partners process
information to streamline the picking and packaging process.
|
Our
Go-to-Market
Approach
We enable trading partner relationships among our retailer,
supplier and fulfillment customers that naturally lead to new
customer acquisition opportunities. The addition of each new
customer to our platform allows the customer to communicate with
our existing customers and allows our existing customers to
route orders to the new customer. This network
effect of adding customers to our platform creates
opportunities for existing customers to make incremental sales
by working with new trading partners and vice versa.
Our
Growth Strategy
We seek to be the leading global provider of supply chain
management solutions. Key elements of our strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
further penetrating our current market;
|
|
|
increasing revenues from our customer base;
|
|
|
expanding our distribution channels;
|
|
|
expanding our international presence;
|
|
|
enhancing and expanding our platform; and
|
|
|
selectively pursuing strategic acquisitions.
|
Corporate
Information
We were originally incorporated as St. Paul Software, Inc., a
Minnesota corporation, on January 28, 1987. On May 30,
2001, we reincorporated in Delaware under our current name, SPS
Commerce, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at
333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000, Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55402, and our telephone number is
(612) 435-9400.
Our website address is www.spscommerce.com. Information
contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and
the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an
inactive textual reference only.
3
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
100,000 shares |
|
Common stock offered by selling stockholders
|
|
2,771,240 shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
|
|
11,727,743 shares |
|
Over-allotment option |
|
430,686 shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering,
after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering
expenses, will be approximately $727,000. We will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling
stockholders. See Principal and Selling Stockholders. |
|
|
|
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pay the
expenses we will incur in connection with this offering and for
working capital and general corporate purposes. |
|
Nasdaq Global Market symbol |
|
SPSC |
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this
offering is based on 11,627,743 shares outstanding as of
September 30, 2010. As of September 30, 2010, we had
11,627,743 shares outstanding, excluding
(a) 1,598,986 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of outstanding options to purchase our common stock at
a weighted average exercise price of $4.40 per share,
(b) 68,201 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise
price of $3.67 per share and (c) 366,314 shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Equity
Incentive Plan, subject to increase on an annual basis and
subject to increase for shares subject to awards under our prior
equity plans that expire unexercised or otherwise do not result
in the issuance of shares.
Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus
assumes no exercise of the underwriters overallotment
option to purchase up to 430,686 additional shares of our common
stock from the selling stockholders. Except as otherwise
indicated, all share and per share information referenced
throughout this prospectus have been adjusted to reflect the
conversion of all of our preferred stock into common stock,
which occurred on April 22, 2010, and a 0.267 for 1 reverse
stock split of our common stock that occurred on April 13,
2010.
4
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL DATA
(in thousands, except per share and recurring revenue customer
data)
The following tables summarize the financial data for our
business. You should read this summary financial data in
conjunction with Selected Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our financial
statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily
indicative of our results in any future period.
The summary financial data under the heading Balance Sheet
Data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, under the
heading Statement of Operations Data for each of the
years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and under the
heading Operating Data relating to Adjusted EBITDA
and non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share for each of the
three years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have
been derived from our audited annual financial statements, which
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial
data under the heading Balance Sheet Data as of
September 30, 2010, under the heading Statement of
Operations Data for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 and 2010 and under the heading
Operating Data relating to Adjusted EBITDA and
non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from
our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Our unaudited financial statements for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 have been prepared
on the same basis as the annual financial statements and include
all adjustments, which include only normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for fair presentation of this data in all
material respects. The unaudited summary financial data under
the heading Operating Data relating to recurring
revenue customers have been derived from our internal records of
our operations. Our operating results for interim periods are
not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected
for a full-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
37,746
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
|
$
|
32,678
|
|
Cost of revenues(1)
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,258
|
|
|
|
11,715
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
9,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,439
|
|
|
|
26,031
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
23,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing(1)
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,493
|
|
|
|
13,506
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
|
|
11,768
|
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
|
|
3,218
|
|
General and administrative(1)
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
6,339
|
|
|
|
4,671
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,849
|
|
|
|
24,150
|
|
|
|
17,902
|
|
|
|
20,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
1,881
|
|
|
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
2,594
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(270
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(358
|
)
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(11.65
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.53
|
|
|
$
|
2.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(11.65
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
11,275
|
|
Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding
(unaudited)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,476
|
|
|
|
8,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
3,206
|
|
|
$
|
2,500
|
|
|
$
|
4,107
|
|
Recurring revenue customers(4)
|
|
|
9,496
|
|
|
|
10,076
|
|
|
|
11,003
|
|
|
|
10,939
|
|
|
|
12,117
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share(5)
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
39,113
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
3,995
|
|
|
|
4,973
|
|
|
|
40,608
|
|
Total debt(6)
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
|
2,694
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(61,844
|
)
|
|
|
(60,466
|
)
|
|
|
41,720
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes stock-based compensation
expense as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
157
|
|
|
$
|
228
|
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
$
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Reflects the conversion of all of
our preferred stock into common stock that occurred on
April 22, 2010 and the 0.267 for 1 reverse stock split that
occurred on April 13, 2010. The calculation of the basic
pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited)
consists of the basic weighted average shares outstanding plus
the weighted average preferred shares outstanding, which
converted to common stock on April 22, 2010.
|
6
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
EBITDA consists of net income
(loss) plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense,
interest income, and income tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA
consists of EBITDA plus our non-cash, share-based compensation
expense. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating
performance because it assists us in comparing performance on a
consistent basis, as it removes from our operating results the
impact of our capital structure. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is
useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance
because it is widely used to measure a companys operating
performance without regard to items such as depreciation and
amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods
and the book value of assets, and to present a meaningful
measure of corporate performance exclusive of our capital
structure and the method by which assets were acquired. The
following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss)
to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
1,089
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
3,649
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
3,206
|
|
|
$
|
2,500
|
|
|
$
|
4,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
This reflects the number of
recurring revenue customers at the end of the period. Recurring
revenue customers are customers with contracts to pay us monthly
fees. A minority portion of our recurring revenue customers
consists of separate units within a larger organization. We
treat each of these units, which may include divisions,
departments, affiliates and franchises, as distinct customers.
Our contracts with our recurring revenue customers typically
allow the customer to cancel the contract for any reason with
30 days prior notice.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per
share consists of net income (loss) plus non-cash, share-based
compensation expense and amortization expense related to
intangible assets divided by the weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding during each period. We
believe non-GAAP net income (loss) per share is useful to an
investor because it is widely used to measure a companys
operating performance. The following table provides a
reconciliation of net income (loss) to non-GAAP net income
(loss) per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
(950
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,545
|
|
|
$
|
1,281
|
|
|
$
|
2,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
11,275
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
4.70
|
|
|
$
|
3.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Total debt consists of our current
and long-term capital lease obligations, current and long-term
equipment and term loans, line of credit and interest payable.
|
7
RISK
FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below
before making an investment decision. Our business could be
harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common
stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose
all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you
should also refer to the other information contained in this
prospectus, including our financial statements and related
notes.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Industry
The
market for on-demand supply chain management solutions is at an
early stage of development. If this market does not develop or
develops more slowly than we expect, our revenues may decline or
fail to grow and we may incur operating losses.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all
of our revenues from providing on-demand supply chain management
solutions to suppliers. The market for on-demand supply chain
management solutions is in an early stage of development, and it
is uncertain whether these solutions will achieve and sustain
high levels of demand and market acceptance. Our success will
depend on the willingness of suppliers to accept our on-demand
supply chain management solutions as an alternative to
traditional licensed hardware and software solutions.
Some suppliers may be reluctant or unwilling to use our
on-demand supply chain management solutions for a number of
reasons, including existing investments in supply chain
management technology. Supply chain management functions
traditionally have been performed using purchased or licensed
hardware and software implemented by each supplier. Because this
traditional approach often requires significant initial
investments to purchase the necessary technology and to
establish systems that comply with retailers unique
requirements, suppliers may be unwilling to abandon their
current solutions for our on-demand supply chain management
solutions.
Other factors that may limit market acceptance of our on-demand
supply chain management solutions include:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to maintain high levels of customer satisfaction;
|
|
|
our ability to maintain continuity of service for all users of
our platform;
|
|
|
the price, performance and availability of competing
solutions; and
|
|
|
our ability to assuage suppliers confidentiality concerns
about information stored outside of their controlled computing
environments.
|
If suppliers do not perceive the benefits of our on-demand
supply chain management solutions, or if suppliers are unwilling
to accept our platform as an alternative to the traditional
approach, the market for our solutions might not continue to
develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of
which would significantly adversely affect our revenues and
growth prospects.
We do not
have long-term contracts with our recurring revenue customers,
and our success therefore depends on our ability to maintain a
high level of customer satisfaction and a strong reputation in
the supply chain management industry.
Our contracts with our recurring revenue customers typically
allow the customer to cancel the contract for any reason with
30 days prior notice. Our continued success therefore
depends significantly on our ability to meet or exceed our
recurring revenue customers expectations because most
recurring revenue customers do not make long-term commitments to
use our solutions. In addition, if our reputation in the supply
chain management industry is harmed or diminished for any
reason, our recurring revenue customers have the ability to
terminate their relationship with us on short notice and seek
alternative supply chain management solutions. If a significant
8
number of recurring revenue customers seek to terminate their
relationship with us, our business, results of operations and
financial condition can be adversely affected in a short period
of time.
Continued
economic weakness and uncertainty could adversely affect our
revenue, lengthen our sales cycles and make it difficult for us
to forecast operating results accurately.
Our revenues depend significantly on general economic conditions
and the health of retailers. Economic weakness and constrained
retail spending adversely affected revenue growth rates in late
2008 and similar circumstances may result in slower growth, or
reductions, in revenues and gross profits in the future. We have
experienced, and may experience in the future, reduced spending
in our business due to the current financial turmoil affecting
the U.S. and global economy, and other macroeconomic
factors affecting spending behavior. Uncertainty about future
economic conditions makes it difficult for us to forecast
operating results and to make decisions about future
investments. In addition, economic conditions or uncertainty may
cause customers and potential customers to reduce or delay
technology purchases, including purchases of our solutions. Our
sales cycle may lengthen if purchasing decisions are delayed as
a result of uncertain information technology or development
budgets or contract negotiations become more protracted or
difficult as customers institute additional internal approvals
for information technology purchases. Delays or reductions in
information technology spending could have a material adverse
effect on demand for our solutions, and consequently our results
of operations, prospects and stock price.
If we are
unable to attract new customers, or sell additional solutions,
or if our customers do not increase their use of our solutions,
our revenue growth and profitability will be adversely
affected.
To increase our revenues and achieve and maintain profitability,
we must regularly add new customers, sell additional solutions
and our customers must increase their use of the solutions for
which they currently subscribe. We intend to grow our business
by hiring additional inside sales personnel, developing
strategic relationships with resellers, including resellers that
incorporate our applications in their offerings, and increasing
our marketing activities. In addition, we derived more than 90%
of our revenues from sales of our Trading Partner Integration
solution in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2010, and have not yet received significant
revenues from solutions and applications that we introduced in
2009. If we are unable to hire or retain quality sales
personnel, convert companies that have been referred to us by
our existing network into paying customers, ensure the
effectiveness of our marketing programs, or if our existing or
new customers do not perceive our solutions to be of
sufficiently high value and quality, we might not be able to
increase sales and our operating results will be adversely
affected. In addition, if we fail to sell our new solutions to
existing or new customers, we will not generate anticipated
revenues from these solutions, our operating results will suffer
and we might be unable to grow our revenues or achieve or
maintain profitability.
Our
quarterly results of operations may fluctuate in the future,
which could result in volatility in our stock price.
Our quarterly revenues and results of operations have varied in
the past and may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors,
including the success of our new offerings such as our Trading
Partner Intelligence solution. If our quarterly revenues or
results of operations fluctuate, the price of our common stock
could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our results of
operations may be due to a number of factors, including, but not
limited to, those listed below and identified throughout this
Risk Factors section in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain and increase sales to customers and
attract new customers, including our ability to maintain and
increase our number of recurring revenue customers;
|
|
|
the timing and success of introductions of new solutions or
upgrades by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
the strength of the economy, in particular as it affects the
retail sector;
|
|
|
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
competition, including entry into the industry by new
competitors and new offerings by existing competitors;
|
|
|
the amount and timing of our expenses, including stock-based
compensation and expenditures related to expanding our
operations, supporting new customers, performing research and
development, or introducing new solutions; and
|
|
|
changes in the payment terms for our solutions.
|
Due to the foregoing factors, and the other risks discussed in
this prospectus, you should not rely on
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of our
future performance.
We have
incurred operating losses in the past and may incur operating
losses in the future.
We began operating our supply chain management solution business
in 1997. Throughout most of our history, we have experienced net
losses and negative cash flows from operations. As of
September 30, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit of
$63.2 million. We expect our operating expenses to increase
in the future as we expand our operations. Furthermore, since
our initial public offering in April 2010, we have experienced a
significant increase in legal, accounting and other expenses
that we did not incur as a private company. If our revenues do
not continue to grow to offset these increased expenses, we may
not be profitable. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
maintain profitability. You should not consider recent revenue
growth as indicative of our future performance. In fact, in
future periods, we may not have any revenue growth, or our
revenues could decline.
Our
inability to adapt to rapid technological change could impair
our ability to remain competitive.
The industry in which we compete is characterized by rapid
technological change, frequent introductions of new products and
evolving industry standards. Our ability to attract new
customers and increase revenues from customers will depend in
significant part on our ability to anticipate industry standards
and to continue to enhance existing solutions or introduce or
acquire new solutions on a timely basis to keep pace with
technological developments. The success of any enhancement or
new solution depends on several factors, including the timely
completion, introduction and market acceptance of the
enhancement or solution. Any new solution we develop or acquire
might not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and
might not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to
generate significant revenues. For example, we introduced our
Trading Partner Intelligence solution during 2009, but we have
not yet received significant revenues from this solution. If any
of our competitors implements new technologies before we are
able to implement them, those competitors may be able to provide
more effective solutions than ours at lower prices. Any delay or
failure in the introduction of new or enhanced solutions could
adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
We may
experience service failures or interruptions due to defects in
the hardware, software, infrastructure, third party components
or processes that comprise our existing or new solutions, any of
which could adversely affect our business.
Technology solutions as complex as ours may contain undetected
defects in the hardware, software, infrastructure, third party
components or processes that are part of the solutions we
provide. If these defects lead to service failures after
introduction of a solution or an upgrade to the solution, we
could experience delays or lost revenues during the period
required to correct the cause of the defects. We cannot be
certain that defects will not be found in new solutions or
upgraded solutions, resulting in loss of, or delay in, market
acceptance, which could have an adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Because customers use our on-demand supply chain management
solutions for critical business processes, any defect in our
solutions, any disruption to our solutions or any error in
execution could cause recurring revenue customers to cancel
their contracts with us, prevent potential customers from
joining our network and harm our reputation. Although most of
our contracts with our customers limit our liability to our
customers for these defects,
10
disruptions or errors, we nonetheless could be subject to
litigation for actual or alleged losses to our customers
businesses, which may require us to spend significant time and
money in litigation or arbitration or to pay significant
settlements or damages. We do not currently maintain any
warranty reserves. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit,
could be costly and divert managements attention and could
cause our business to suffer.
The insurers under our existing liability insurance policy could
deny coverage of a future claim that results from an error or
defect in our technology or a resulting disruption in our
solutions, or our existing liability insurance might not be
adequate to cover all of the damages and other costs of such a
claim. Moreover, we cannot assure you that our current liability
insurance coverage will continue to be available to us on
acceptable terms or at all. The successful assertion against us
of one or more large claims that exceeds our insurance coverage,
or the occurrence of changes in our liability insurance policy,
including an increase in premiums or imposition of large
deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and operating
results. Even if we succeed in litigation with respect to a
claim, we are likely to incur substantial costs and our
managements attention will be diverted from our operations.
Interruptions
or delays from third-party data centers could impair the
delivery of our solutions and our business could
suffer.
We use two third-party data centers, located in Minneapolis and
Saint Paul, Minnesota, to conduct our operations. All of our
solutions reside on hardware that we own or lease and operate in
these locations. Our operations depend on the protection of the
equipment and information we store in these third-party centers
against damage or service interruptions that may be caused by
fire, flood, severe storm, power loss, telecommunications
failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling
devices, natural disasters, war, criminal act, military action,
terrorist attack and other similar events beyond our control. A
prolonged service disruption affecting our solutions for any of
the foregoing reasons could damage our reputation with current
and potential customers, expose us to liability, cause us to
lose recurring revenue customers or otherwise adversely affect
our business. We may also incur significant costs for using
alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation
for, or in reaction to, events that damage the data centers we
use.
Our on-demand supply chain management solutions are accessed by
a large number of customers at the same time. As we continue to
expand the number of our customers and solutions available to
our customers, we may not be able to scale our technology to
accommodate the increased capacity requirements, which may
result in interruptions or delays in service. In addition, the
failure of our third-party data centers to meet our capacity
requirements could result in interruptions or delays in our
solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations. In the
event that our data center arrangements are terminated, or there
is a lapse of service or damage to such facilities, we could
experience interruptions in our solutions as well as delays and
additional expense in arranging new facilities and services.
A failure
to protect the integrity and security of our customers
information could expose us to litigation, materially damage our
reputation and harm our business, and the costs of preventing
such a failure could adversely affect our results of
operations.
Our business involves the collection and use of confidential
information of our customers and their trading partners. We
cannot assure you that our efforts to protect this confidential
information will be successful. If any compromise of this
information security were to occur, we could be subject to legal
claims and government action, experience an adverse effect on
our reputation and need to incur significant additional costs to
protect against similar information security breaches in the
future, each of which could adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In
addition, because of the critical nature of data security, any
perceived breach of our security measures could cause existing
or potential customers not to use our solutions and could harm
our reputation.
11
Evolving
regulation of the Internet may increase our expenditures related
to compliance efforts, which may adversely affect our financial
condition.
As Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation
by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. We
are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet
is a critical component of our on-demand business model. For
example, we believe that increased regulation is likely in the
area of data privacy, and laws and regulations applying to the
solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or
consumer information could affect our customers ability to
use and share data, potentially reducing demand for solutions
accessed via the Internet and restricting our ability to store,
process and share data with our clients via the Internet. In
addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or
other charges imposed by government agencies or by private
organizations for accessing the Internet may be imposed. Any
regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting
information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline
in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based
services, which could harm our business.
If we
fail to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights
adequately, our business could be adversely affected.
We believe that proprietary technology is essential to
establishing and maintaining our leadership position. We seek to
protect our intellectual property through trade secrets,
copyrights, confidentiality, non-compete and nondisclosure
agreements, trademarks, domain names and other measures, some of
which afford only limited protection. We do not have any
patents, patent applications or registered copyrights. Despite
our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized
parties may attempt to copy aspects of our technology or to
obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. We
cannot assure you that our means of protecting our proprietary
rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not
independently develop similar or superior technology or design
around our intellectual property. In addition, the laws of some
foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as
great an extent as the laws of the United States. Intellectual
property protections may also be unavailable, limited or
difficult to enforce in some countries, which could make it
easier for competitors to capture market share. Our failure to
protect adequately our intellectual property and proprietary
rights could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
An
assertion by a third party that we are infringing its
intellectual property could subject us to costly and
time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses and our business
might be harmed.
The Internet supply chain management and technology industries
are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents,
copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent
litigation based on allegations of infringement or other
violations of intellectual property rights. As we seek to extend
our solutions, we could be constrained by the intellectual
property rights of others.
We might not prevail in any intellectual property infringement
litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent
uncertainties in such litigation. Defending such claims,
regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and
distracting to management, result in costly litigation or
settlement, cause development delays, or require us to enter
into royalty or licensing agreements. If our solutions violate
any third-party proprietary rights, we could be required to
withdraw those solutions from the market, re-develop those
solutions or seek to obtain licenses from third parties, which
might not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any
efforts to re-develop our solutions, obtain licenses from third
parties on favorable terms or license a substitute technology
might not be successful and, in any case, might substantially
increase our costs and harm our business, financial condition
and operating results. Withdrawal of any of our solutions from
the market might harm our business, financial condition and
operating results.
12
In addition, we incorporate open source software into our
platform. Given the nature of open source software, third
parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property
infringement claims against us based on our use of certain open
source software programs. The terms of many open source licenses
to which we are subject have not been interpreted by
U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that those
licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes
unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to
commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required
to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue
offering our solutions, to re-develop our solutions or to
discontinue sales of our solutions, or to release our
proprietary software code under the terms of an open source
license, any of which could adversely affect our business.
We rely
on third party hardware and software that could take a
significant time to replace or upgrade.
We rely on hardware and software licensed from third parties to
offer our on-demand supply chain management solutions. This
hardware and software, as well as maintenance rights for this
hardware and software, may not continue to be available to us on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we lose the right
to use or upgrade any of these licenses, our customers could
experience delays or be unable to access our solutions until we
can obtain and integrate equivalent technology. There might not
always be commercially reasonable hardware or software
alternatives to the third-party hardware and software that we
currently license. Any such alternatives could be more difficult
or costly to replace than the third-party hardware and software
we currently license, and integration of the alternatives into
our platform could require significant work and substantial time
and resources. Any delays or failures associated with our
platform could injure our reputation with customers and
potential customers and result in an adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our
strategy includes pursuing acquisitions and our potential
inability to successfully integrate newly-acquired companies or
businesses may adversely affect our financial results.
We believe part of our growth will be driven by acquisitions of
other companies or their businesses. If we complete
acquisitions, we face many risks commonly encountered with
growth through acquisitions. These risks include:
|
|
|
|
|
incurring significantly higher than anticipated capital
expenditures and operating expenses;
|
|
|
failing to assimilate the operations and personnel of the
acquired company or business;
|
|
|
disrupting our ongoing business;
|
|
|
dissipating our management resources;
|
|
|
failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and
policies; and
|
|
|
impairing relationships with employees and customers as a result
of changes in management.
|
Fully integrating an acquired company or business into our
operations may take a significant amount of time. We cannot
assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks
or any other problems encountered with acquisitions. To the
extent we do not successfully avoid or overcome the risks or
problems related to any acquisitions, our results of operations
and financial condition could be adversely affected. Future
acquisitions also could impact our financial position and
capital needs, and could cause substantial fluctuations in our
quarterly and yearly results of operations. Acquisitions could
include significant goodwill and intangible assets, which may
result in future impairment charges that would reduce our stated
earnings.
Our
ability to use U.S. net operating loss carryforwards might be
limited.
As of December 31, 2009, we had net operating loss
carryforwards of $53.5 million for U.S. federal tax
purposes and $32.4 million for state tax purposes. These
loss carryforwards expire between 2010 and 2029. To the extent
these net operating loss carryforwards are available, we intend
to use them to reduce the corporate income tax liability
associated with our operations. Section 382 of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code generally imposes an annual
13
limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards
that might be used to offset taxable income when a corporation
has undergone significant changes in stock ownership. We have
performed a Section 382 analysis for the time period from
our inception through November 3, 2009. During this time
period it was determined that we had five separate ownership
changes under Section 382. We believe that
$17.6 million of the $53.5 million federal losses will
expire unused due to Section 382 limitations. The maximum
annual limitation under Section 382 is approximately
$990,000. The sale of stock in this offering and in our recent
initial public offering may create an additional ownership
change. We do not believe this change will materially further
limit the use of NOL carryforwards. The limitation could be
further restricted if ownership changes occur in future years.
To the extent our use of net operating loss carryforwards is
significantly limited, our income could be subject to corporate
income tax earlier than it would if we were able to use net
operating loss carryforwards, which could result in lower
profits.
The
markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and our
failure to compete successfully would make it difficult for us
to add and retain customers and would reduce or impede the
growth of our business.
The markets for supply chain management solutions are
increasingly competitive and global. We expect competition to
increase in the future both from existing competitors and new
companies that may enter our markets. Increased competition
could result in pricing pressure, reduced sales, lower margins
or the failure of our solutions to achieve or maintain broad
market acceptance. We face competition from:
|
|
|
|
|
Software-as-a-Service providers that deliver
business-to-business
information systems using a multi-tenant approach;
|
|
|
traditional on-premise software providers; and
|
|
|
managed service providers that combine traditional on-premise
software with professional information technology services.
|
To remain competitive, we will need to invest continuously in
software development, marketing, customer service and support
and product delivery infrastructure. However, we cannot assure
you that new or established competitors will not offer solutions
that are superior to or lower in price than ours. We may not
have sufficient resources to continue the investments in all
areas of software development and marketing needed to maintain
our competitive position. In addition, some of our competitors
are better capitalized than us, which may provide them with an
advantage in developing, marketing or servicing new solutions.
Increased competition could reduce our market share, revenues
and operating margins, increase our costs of operations and
otherwise adversely affect our business.
Mergers
or other strategic transactions involving our competitors could
weaken our competitive position, which could harm our operating
results.
Our industry is highly fragmented, and we believe it is likely
that our existing competitors will continue to consolidate or
will be acquired. For example, in June 2010,
GXS Corporation and Inovis, two large, on-premise software
companies, merged to create an
e-commerce
business that is much larger than ours. In addition, some of our
competitors may enter into new alliances with each other or may
establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with systems
integrators, third-party consulting firms or other parties. Any
such consolidation, acquisition, alliance or cooperative
relationship could lead to pricing pressure and our loss of
market share and could result in a competitor with greater
financial, technical, marketing, service and other resources,
all of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results and financial condition.
14
If we
fail to retain our Chief Executive Officer and other key
personnel, our business would be harmed and we might not be able
to implement our business plan successfully.
Given the complex nature of the technology on which our business
is based and the speed with which such technology advances, our
future success is dependent, in large part, upon our ability to
attract and retain highly qualified managerial, technical and
sales personnel. In particular, Archie C. Black, our Chief
Executive Officer and President, Kimberly K. Nelson, our
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, James J.
Frome, our Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer,
Michael J. Gray, our Executive Vice President of Operations, and
David J. Novak, Jr., our Executive Vice President of
Business Development, are critical to the management of our
business and operations. Competition for talented personnel is
intense, and we cannot be certain that we can retain our
managerial, technical and sales personnel or that we can
attract, assimilate or retain such personnel in the future. Our
inability to attract and retain such personnel could have an
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
Our
continued growth could strain our personnel resources and
infrastructure, and if we are unable to implement appropriate
controls and procedures to manage our growth, we will not be
able to implement our business plan successfully.
We have experienced a period of rapid growth in our headcount
and operations. To the extent that we are able to sustain such
growth, it will place a significant strain on our management,
administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our
success will depend in part upon the ability of our senior
management to manage this growth effectively. To do so, we must
continue to hire, train and manage new employees as needed. If
our new hires perform poorly, or if we are unsuccessful in
hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees,
or if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees,
our business would be harmed. To manage the expected growth of
our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to
improve our operational, financial and management controls and
our reporting systems and procedures. The additional headcount
we are adding will increase our cost base, which will make it
more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls by
reducing expenses in the short term. If we fail to successfully
manage our growth, we will be unable to execute our business
plan.
Our
failure to maintain adequate internal control over financial
reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or to prevent or detect material
misstatements in our annual or interim financial statements in
the future could result in inaccurate financial reporting, or
could otherwise harm our business.
We are required to comply with the internal control evaluation
and certification requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by no later than the end of our 2011
fiscal year. We are in the process of determining whether our
existing internal controls over financial reporting systems are
compliant with Section 404. This process may divert
internal resources and will take a significant amount of time
and effort to complete. To the extent that we are not currently
in compliance with Section 404, we may be required to
implement new internal control procedures and re-evaluate our
financial reporting. We may experience higher than anticipated
operating expenses as well as increased independent auditor fees
during the implementation of these changes and thereafter.
Further, we may need to hire additional qualified personnel in
order for us to comply with Section 404. If we are unable
to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could
harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results
and could result in our being unable to obtain an unqualified
report on internal controls from our independent auditors, which
could have a negative impact on our stock price.
In connection with preparing the registration statement for our
initial public offering, we identified an error in our prior
years financial statements. This error related to
accounting for the preferred stock warrants at fair value in
2006, 2007 and 2008. This error resulted in the restatement of
our previously issued 2006, 2007 and 2008 financial statements.
This error was determined to be a deficiency. Although we have
taken measures to remediate the
15
deficiency, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or
that we will not in the future have additional, material
weaknesses, significant deficiencies or control deficiencies.
Any failure to maintain or implement required new or improved
controls, or any difficulties we encounter in implementation,
could cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting
obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial
statements.
Our
failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows
necessary to expand our operations and invest in new
technologies could reduce our ability to compete successfully
and adversely affect our results of operations.
We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to
obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms,
if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security
holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership
interests and the value of shares of our common stock could
decline. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to
accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional
indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other
ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make
acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it
on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
develop and enhance our solutions;
|
|
|
continue to expand our technology development, sales and
marketing organizations;
|
|
|
hire, train and retain employees; or
|
|
|
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working
capital requirements.
|
Our inability to do any of the foregoing could reduce our
ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our results
of operations.
Because
our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand
the sales of our solutions to customers located outside of the
United States, our business will be susceptible to risks
associated with international operations.
We have limited experience operating in foreign jurisdictions.
Customers in countries outside of North America accounted for 2%
of our revenues for 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2010. In February 2010, we opened sales and
support offices in the United Kingdom and France. Our
inexperience in operating our business outside of North America
increases the risk that our current and any future international
expansion efforts will not be successful. Conducting
international operations subjects us to new risks that,
generally, we have not faced in the United States, including:
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;
|
|
|
longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in
collecting accounts receivable;
|
|
|
difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities
of foreign value added tax systems and restrictions on the
repatriation of earnings;
|
|
|
localization of our solutions, including translation into
foreign languages and associated expenses;
|
|
|
the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and
different legal standards, including laws and regulations
related to privacy;
|
|
|
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and
complexities;
|
|
|
political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist
attacks and security concerns in general; and
|
|
|
reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in
some countries.
|
16
The occurrence of any one of these risks could negatively affect
our international business and, consequently, our results of
operations generally. Additionally, operating in international
markets also requires significant management attention and
financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment
and additional resources required in establishing, acquiring or
integrating operations in other countries will produce desired
levels of revenues or profitability.
Risks
Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common
Stock
Our stock
price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock
after this offering may drop below the price you pay.
Shares of our common stock were sold in our April 2010 initial
public offering at a price of $12.00 per share, and, as of
December 2, 2010, our common stock has subsequently traded
as high as $14.50 and as low as $8.45. An active, liquid and
orderly market for our common stock may not develop or be
sustained, which could depress the trading price of our common
stock. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of
our common stock to fluctuate include:
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly
financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
|
|
|
fluctuations in our recorded revenue, even during periods of
significant sales order activity;
|
|
|
changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations
by securities analysts;
|
|
|
failure of any of our solutions to achieve or maintain market
acceptance;
|
|
|
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
|
|
|
success of competitive products or services;
|
|
|
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of
securities or the incurrence of debt;
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant solutions,
contracts, acquisitions or strategic alliances;
|
|
|
regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries
or both;
|
|
|
litigation involving our company, our general industry or both;
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel;
|
|
|
investors general perception of us; and
|
|
|
changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.
|
In addition, if the market for software stocks or the stock
market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the
trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons
unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of
operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our
stock price to fall and may expose us to class action lawsuits
that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a
distraction to management.
Future
sales of our common stock by our existing stockholders could
cause our stock price to decline.
If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock
in the public market, the market price of our common stock could
decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that
our stockholders might sell shares of our common stock could
also depress the market price of our common stock.
3,244,377 shares of our common stock that will be
outstanding immediately after completion of this offering will
become eligible for sale in the public markets from time to
time, subject to restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933
following the expiration of
lock-up
agreements entered into for the benefit of the underwriters by
the holders of the common stock, including our directors and
executive officers. In addition, as of September 30, 2010,
we have (i) 366,314 shares of our common stock
issuable under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan,
(ii) 1,145,533 shares of our common stock issuable
under our 2001 Stock Option Plan, and (iii) 18 shares
of our common stock issuable
17
under our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, all of which are covered
by effective registration statements. Furthermore, immediately
after completion of this offering, certain holders of our common
stock will have the right to demand that we file registration
statements, or request that their shares be covered by a
registration statement that we are otherwise filing, with
respect to the shares of our common stock held by them, and will
have the right to include those shares in any registration
statement that we file with the SEC, subject to exceptions,
which would enable those shares to be sold in the public market,
subject to the restrictions under the
lock-up
agreements referred to above.
The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time
or from time to time, without notice, release all or any portion
of the shares of common stock subject to the
lock-up
agreements for sale in the public and private markets prior to
the expiration of the
lock-up. The
market price for shares of our common stock may drop
significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing
stockholders lapse or if those restrictions on resale are
waived. A decline in the price of shares of our common stock
might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance
of additional shares of our common stock or other equity
securities.
Our
charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover that
stockholders consider favorable.
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and
applicable provisions of Delaware law may delay or discourage
transactions involving an actual or potential change in our
control or change in our management, including transactions in
which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their
shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise
deem to be in their best interests. These provisions:
|
|
|
permit our board of directors to issue up to
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights,
preferences and privileges as our board may designate, including
the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our
control;
|
|
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed
by resolution of the board of directors;
|
|
divide our board of directors into three classes;
|
|
provide that all vacancies, including newly created
directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then
in office, even if less than a quorum;
|
|
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a
meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election
as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in
writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to
the form and content of a stockholders notice; and
|
|
do not provide for cumulative voting rights.
|
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law generally limits our ability to engage in any
business combination with certain persons who own 15% or more of
our outstanding voting stock or any of our associates or
affiliates who at any time in the past three years have owned
15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These provisions
may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may
deprive you of the opportunity to sell your shares to potential
acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential
inability to obtain a control premium could reduce the price of
our common stock.
We do not
intend to declare dividends on our stock after this
offering.
We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the
operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not
anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends
on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend upon our results of operations,
earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future
prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed
relevant by our board of directors. Therefore, you should not
expect to receive dividend income from shares of our common
stock.
18
Our
directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will
continue to have substantial control over us after this offering
and could delay or prevent a change in corporate
control.
After this offering, our directors, executive officers and
current holders that beneficially own more than 5% of our common
stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering,
together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the
aggregate, approximately 31.2% of our outstanding common stock,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering.
As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the
ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our
stockholders for approval, including the election of directors
and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially
all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting
together, would have the ability to control the management and
affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of
ownership might harm the market price of our common stock by:
|
|
|
|
|
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control;
|
|
|
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business
combination involving us; or
|
|
|
discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or
otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
|
19
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by the following words:
anticipate, believe,
continue, could, estimate,
expect, intend, may,
ongoing, plan, potential,
predict, project, should,
will, would, or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology, although not all
forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking
statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results,
and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times
at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved.
Forward-looking statements are based on information available at
the time the statements are made and involve known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be
materially different from the information expressed or implied
by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus. These
factors include:
|
|
|
|
|
less than expected growth in the supply chain management
industry, especially for Software-as-a-Service solutions within
this industry;
|
|
|
lack of acceptance of new solutions we offer;
|
|
|
an inability to continue increasing our number of customers or
the revenues we derive from our recurring revenue customers;
|
|
|
continued economic weakness and constrained retail sales;
|
|
|
an inability to effectively develop new solutions that compete
effectively with the solutions our current and future
competitors offer;
|
|
|
risk of increased regulation of the Internet;
|
|
|
an inability to identify attractive acquisition opportunities,
successfully negotiate acquisition terms or effectively
integrate acquired companies or businesses;
|
|
|
unexpected changes in our anticipated capital expenditures
resulting from unforeseen required maintenance or repairs,
upgrades or capital asset additions;
|
|
|
an inability to effectively manage our growth;
|
|
|
lack of capital available on acceptable terms to finance our
continued growth;
|
|
|
risks of conducting international commerce, including foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes in government
policies or regulations, longer payment cycles, trade
restrictions, economic or political instability in foreign
countries where we may increase our business and reduced
protection of our intellectual property;
|
|
|
an inability to add sales and marketing, research and
development or other key personnel who are able to successfully
sell or develop our solutions; and
|
|
|
other risk factors included under Risk Factors in
this prospectus.
|
You should read the matters described in Risk
Factors and the other cautionary statements made in this
prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking
statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. We cannot
assure you that the forward-looking statements in this
prospectus will prove to be accurate and therefore prospective
investors are encouraged not to place undue reliance on
forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus
completely. Other than as required by law, we undertake no
obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements,
even though our situation may change in the future.
20
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The primary purpose of this offering is to provide liquidity for
the selling stockholders, including entities affiliated with
certain members of our board of directors. We estimate that the
net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this
offering will be approximately $727,000, or approximately
$899,000 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment
option in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the
net proceeds from this offering to pay the expenses we will
incur in connection with this offering and for working capital
and general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds
from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
PRICE
RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
Our common stock has traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under
the symbol SPSC since April 22, 2010. Our
initial public offering was priced at $12.00 per share. The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high
and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the
Nasdaq Global Market.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Quarter (from April 22, 2010)
|
|
$
|
14.50
|
|
|
$
|
10.90
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
12.83
|
|
|
$
|
8.45
|
|
Fourth Quarter (through December 2, 2010)
|
|
$
|
14.40
|
|
|
$
|
11.59
|
|
On December 2, 2010, the last reported sale price of our
common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market was $12.95.
On November 1, 2010, we had 109 holders of record of our
common stock, excluding holders whose stock is held either in
nominee name
and/or
street name brokerage accounts.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have not historically paid dividends on our common stock. We
intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the
expansion and growth of our business, and we do not expect to
pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable
future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the
discretion of our board of directors after taking into account
various factors, including our financial condition, operating
results, current and anticipated cash needs, outstanding
indebtedness and plans for expansion and restrictions imposed by
lenders, if any.
21
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
September 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; and
|
|
|
on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance and sale
by us of 100,000 shares of common stock in this offering at
the offering price of $12.25 per share, after deducting the
underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable
by us.
|
You should read this information in conjunction with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our financial
statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited in thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
9,594
|
|
|
$
|
9,594
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
4,913
|
|
|
|
4,913
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $0.001 par value, 55,000,000 authorized,
11,627,743 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and
55,000,000 authorized, 11,727,743 shares issued and
outstanding as adjusted
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value,
5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding actual and as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
104,916
|
|
|
|
105,643
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(63,208
|
)
|
|
|
(63,208
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
41,720
|
|
|
|
42,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
56,227
|
|
|
$
|
56,954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table and calculations above are based on the number of
shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010
and exclude:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate of 1,598,986 shares issuable upon the exercise
of then outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price
of $4.40 per share;
|
|
|
an aggregate of 68,201 shares issuable upon the exercise of
then outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price
of $3.67 per share; and
|
|
|
an aggregate of 366,314 shares reserved for issuance under
our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to increase on an annual
basis and subject to increase for shares subject to awards under
our prior equity plans that expire unexercised or otherwise do
not result in the issuance of shares.
|
22
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following selected financial data together
with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at
the end of this prospectus and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, which follows immediately after this section.
Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our
results in any future period
The selected financial data under the heading Balance
Sheet Data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, under
the heading Statement of Operations Data for each of
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and under
the heading Operating Data relating to Adjusted
EBITDA and non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share for each
of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have
been derived from our audited annual financial statements, which
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
financial data under the heading Balance Sheet Data
as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, under the heading
Statement of Operations Data for each of the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and under the heading
Operating Data relating to Adjusted EBITDA and
non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share for each of the
years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 have been derived
from our audited annual financial statements, which have not
been included in this prospectus. The selected financial data
under the heading Balance Sheet Data as of
September 30, 2010, under the heading Statement of
Operations Data for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 and 2010 and under the heading
Operating Data relating to Adjusted EBITDA and
non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from
our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Our unaudited financial statements for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 have been prepared
on the same basis as the annual financial statements and include
all adjustments, which include only normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for fair presentation of this data. The
unaudited summary financial data under the heading
Operating Data relating to recurring revenue
customers have been derived from our internal records of our
operations. Our operating results for interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a
full-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
13,827
|
|
|
$
|
19,859
|
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
37,746
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
|
$
|
32,678
|
|
Cost of revenues(1)
|
|
|
3,823
|
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,258
|
|
|
|
11,715
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
9,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
10,004
|
|
|
|
14,640
|
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,439
|
|
|
|
26,031
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
23,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing(1)
|
|
|
5,034
|
|
|
|
8,098
|
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,493
|
|
|
|
13,506
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
|
|
11,768
|
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
2,129
|
|
|
|
3,190
|
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
|
|
3,218
|
|
General and administrative(1)
|
|
|
3,180
|
|
|
|
4,199
|
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
6,339
|
|
|
|
4,671
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
10,343
|
|
|
|
15,487
|
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,849
|
|
|
|
24,150
|
|
|
|
17,902
|
|
|
|
20,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(847
|
)
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
1,881
|
|
|
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
2,594
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
|
|
(558
|
)
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(270
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(358
|
)
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(314
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(676
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(6.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11.65
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.53
|
|
|
$
|
2.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(6.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10.93
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11.65
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
11,275
|
|
Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding
(unaudited)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,476
|
|
|
|
8,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
1,609
|
|
|
$
|
1,942
|
|
|
$
|
6,117
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
39,113
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
(647
|
)
|
|
|
4,535
|
|
|
|
3,995
|
|
|
|
4,973
|
|
|
|
40,608
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
6,767
|
|
|
|
12,228
|
|
|
|
20,687
|
|
|
|
19,197
|
|
|
|
21,919
|
|
|
|
56,227
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
5,167
|
|
|
|
5,550
|
|
|
|
5,950
|
|
|
|
5,317
|
|
|
|
4,913
|
|
Total debt(3)
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
|
|
5,018
|
|
|
|
4,992
|
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
|
2,694
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
56,072
|
|
|
|
58,520
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(56,758
|
)
|
|
$
|
(58,046
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,844
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60,466
|
)
|
|
$
|
41,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(Unaudited; adjusted EBITDA in thousands)
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
|
|
$
|
385
|
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
3,206
|
|
|
$
|
2,500
|
|
|
$
|
4,107
|
|
Recurring revenue customers(5)
|
|
|
6,056
|
|
|
|
7,940
|
|
|
|
9,496
|
|
|
|
10,076
|
|
|
|
11,003
|
|
|
|
10,939
|
|
|
|
12,117
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share(6)
|
|
$
|
(6.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.38
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
24
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
157
|
|
|
$
|
228
|
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
$
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Reflects the conversion of all of our preferred stock into
common stock that occurred on April 22, 2010 and the 0.267
for 1 reverse stock split that occurred on April 13, 2010.
The calculation of the basic pro forma weighted average shares
outstanding (unaudited) consists of the basic weighted average
shares outstanding plus the weighted average preferred shares
outstanding, which converted to common stock on April 22,
2010. |
|
(3) |
|
Total debt consists of our current and long-term capital lease
obligations, current and long-term equipment and term loans,
line of credit, interest payable and, as of December 31,
2005 and 2006, mezzanine debt. |
|
(4) |
|
EBITDA consists of net income (loss) plus depreciation and
amortization, interest expense, interest income and income tax
expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our non-cash,
share-based compensation expense. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a
measure of operating performance because it assists us in
comparing performance on a consistent basis, as it removes from
our operating results the impact of our capital structure. We
believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating
our operating performance because it is widely used to measure a
companys operating performance without regard to items
such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending
upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, and to
present a meaningful measure of corporate performance exclusive
of our capital structure and the method by which assets were
acquired. The following table provides a reconciliation of net
income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(676
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
1,089
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
3,649
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
385
|
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
3,206
|
|
|
$
|
2,500
|
|
|
$
|
4,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
This reflects the number of recurring revenue customers at the
end of the period. Recurring revenue customers are customers
with contracts to pay us monthly fees. A minority portion of our
recurring revenue customers consists of separate units within a
larger organization. We treat each of these units, which may
include divisions, departments, affiliates and franchises, as
distinct customers. Our contracts with our recurring revenue
customers typically allow the customer to cancel the contract
for any reason with 30 days prior notice. |
|
(6) |
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share consists of net income
(loss) plus non-cash, share-based compensation expense and
amortization expense related to intangible assets divided by the
weighted average number of shares |
25
|
|
|
|
|
of common stock outstanding during each period. We believe
non-GAAP net income (loss) per share is useful to an investor
because it is widely used to measure a companys operating
performance. The following table provides a reconciliation of
net income (loss) to non-GAAP net income (loss) per share (in
thousands, except per share amounts): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(676
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,301
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(676
|
)
|
|
$
|
(759
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
(950
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,545
|
|
|
$
|
1,281
|
|
|
$
|
2,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
11,275
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(6.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.38
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
4.70
|
|
|
$
|
3.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(6.69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.38
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
26
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with the section titled Selected Financial
Data and our financial statements and related notes
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results could
differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking
statements included in this discussion as a result of certain
factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in
Risk Factors and Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand supply chain management
solutions, providing integration, collaboration, connectivity,
visibility and data analytics to thousands of trading partners
worldwide. We provide our solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a
hosted software suite that improves the way suppliers,
retailers, distributors and other trading partners manage and
fulfill orders. We deliver our solutions to our customers over
the Internet using a Software-as-a-Service model.
SPSCommerce.net fundamentally changes how organizations use
electronic communication to manage a supply chain by replacing
the collection of traditional, custom-built,
point-to-point
integrations with a
hub-and-spoke
model whereby a single integration to SPSCommerce.net allows an
organization to connect seamlessly to the entire SPSCommerce.net
network of trading partners. SPSCommerce.net combines
integrations with 3,000 order management models across more than
1,500 retailers, grocers and distributors through a multi-tenant
architecture and provides ancillary support applications that
deliver a comprehensive set of supply chain solutions.
The value SPSCommerce.net offers increases with the number of
trading partners connected to our platform. This network
effect creates a significant opportunity for our customers
to realize incremental sales by working with new trading
partners connected to our platform and vice versa. As a result
of this increased volume of activity amongst our customers, we
earn additional revenues. We also sell our solutions through
sales leads from retailers with whom we integrate our customers,
referrals from trading partners in our network and channel
partners, as well as our direct sales force.
We plan to grow our business by further penetrating the supply
chain management market, increasing revenues from our customers
as their businesses grow, expanding our distribution channels,
expanding our international presence and developing new
solutions and applications. We also intend to selectively pursue
acquisitions that will add customers, allow us to expand into
new regions or industries or allow us to offer new
functionalities.
For 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2010, we generated revenues of
$25.2 million, $30.7 million, $37.7 million and
$32.7 million. Our fiscal quarter ended September 30,
2010 represented our 39th consecutive quarter of increased
revenues. Recurring revenues from recurring revenue customers
accounted for 83%, 84%, 80% and 83% of our total revenues for
2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30,
2010. No customer represented over 2% of our revenues for 2007,
2008 or 2009 or the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
Key
Financial Terms and Metrics
Sources
of Revenues
Trading Partner Integration. Our revenues primarily
consist of monthly revenues from our customers for our Trading
Partner Integration solution. Our revenues for this solution
consist of a monthly subscription fee and a
27
transaction-based fee. We also receive
set-up fees
for initial integration solutions we provide our customers. Most
of our customers have contracts with us that may be terminated
by the customer by providing 30 days prior notice. Over 90%
of our revenues for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 were derived from Trading Partner
Integration.
Trading Partner Enablement. Our Trading Partner
Enablement solution helps organizations, typically large
retailers, to implement new integrations with trading partners.
This solution ranges from Electronic Data Interchange testing
and certification to more complex business workflow automation
and results in a one-time payment to us.
Trading Partner Intelligence. In 2009, we introduced
our Trading Partner Intelligence solution, which consists of six
data analytics applications. These applications allow our
supplier customers to improve their visibility across, and
analysis of, their supply chains. Through interactive data
analysis, our retailer customers improve their visibility into
supplier performance and their understanding of product
sell-through. Our revenues for this solution primarily consist
of a monthly subscription fee.
Other Trading Partner Solutions. The remainder of
our revenues are derived from solutions that allow our customers
to perform tasks such as barcode labeling or
picking-and-packaging
information tracking as well as purchases of miscellaneous
supplies. These revenues are primarily transaction-based.
Cost of
Revenues and Operating Expenses
Overhead Allocation. We allocate overhead expenses
such as rent, certain employee benefit costs, office supplies
and depreciation of general office assets to cost of revenues
and operating expenses categories based on headcount.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues primarily
consists of personnel costs such as wages and benefits related
to implementation teams, customer support personnel and
application support personnel. Cost of revenues also includes
our cost of network services, which is primarily data center
costs for the locations where we keep the equipment that serves
our customers, and connectivity costs that facilitate electronic
data transmission between our customers and their trading
partners. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute
dollars.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our sales,
marketing and product management teams, commissions earned by
our sales personnel and marketing costs. In order to grow our
business, we will continue to add resources to our sales and
marketing efforts over time. We expect that sales and marketing
expenses will increase in absolute dollars.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for
development and maintenance of existing solutions. This group
also is responsible for enhancing existing solutions and
applications as well as internal tools and developing new
information maps that integrate our customers to their trading
partners in compliance with those trading partners
requirements. We expect research and development expenses will
increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance and
expand our solutions and applications.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and
administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for
finance, human resources and internal information technology
support, as well as legal, accounting and other fees, such as
credit card processing fees. General and administrative expenses
also include amortization of intangible assets relating to our
acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Owens Direct
LLC in February 2006. We amortized these intangible assets over
a period of three years ending in February 2009. Since becoming
a public
28
company in April 2010, we have incurred additional general and
administrative expenses associated with being a public company,
including higher legal, audit and insurance fees.
Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense)
primarily consists of interest income, interest expense and the
fair market value adjustment of preferred stock warrants using
the Black-Scholes method. Interest income represents interest
received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense is
associated with our debt, which includes equipment loan payments
and payments on our term loans.
Other
Metrics
Recurring Revenue Customers. As of
September 30, 2010, we had over 12,100 customers with
contracts to pay us monthly fees, which we refer to as recurring
revenue customers. We report recurring revenue customers at the
end of a period. A minority portion of our recurring revenue
customers consists of separate units within a larger
organization. We treat each of these units, which may include
divisions, departments, affiliates and franchises, as distinct
customers.
Average Recurring Revenues Per Recurring Revenue
Customer. We calculate average recurring revenues per
recurring revenue customer for a period by dividing the
recurring revenues from recurring revenue customers for the
period by the average of the beginning and ending number of
recurring revenue customers for the period. For the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, we annualize this number
by multiplying the quotient by the quotient of 12 divided by the
number of months in the period. We anticipate that average
recurring revenues per recurring revenue customer will continue
to increase as we increase the number of solutions we offer,
such as the Trading Partner Intelligence solution we introduced
in 2009, and increase the penetration of those solutions across
our customer base.
Monthly Subscription and Transaction-Based Fees. For
2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30,
2010, revenues from fixed monthly subscription and
transaction-based fees accounted for 83%, 84%, 80% and 83% of
our revenues, which we refer to as recurring revenues. All of
these recurring revenues in 2007 and 2008 and more than 95% of
the recurring revenues for 2009 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 related to our Trading Partner
Integration solution. Our revenues are not concentrated with any
customer, as no customer represented over 2% of our revenues for
2007, 2008, 2009 or the nine months ended September 30,
2010.
29
Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA consists of net income
(loss) plus depreciation and amortization, interest expense,
interest income and income tax expense. Adjusted EBITDA consists
of EBITDA plus our non-cash, share-based compensation expense.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance
because it assists us in comparing performance on a consistent
basis, as it removes from our operating results the impact of
our capital structure. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to
an investor in evaluating our operating performance because it
is widely used to measure a companys operating performance
without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization,
which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book
value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of
performance exclusive of our capital structure and the method by
which assets were acquired. The following table provides a
reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,455
|
|
|
|
1,089
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
3,649
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
$
|
3,206
|
|
|
$
|
2,500
|
|
|
$
|
4,107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP Net Income (Loss) per Share. Non-GAAP
net income (loss) per share consists of net income (loss) plus
non-cash, share-based compensation expense and amortization
expense related to intangible assets divided by the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each
period. We believe non-GAAP net income (loss) per share is
useful to an investor because it is widely used to measure a
companys operating performance.
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to non-GAAP net income (loss) per share (in thousands,
except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
(950
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,545
|
|
|
$
|
1,281
|
|
|
$
|
2,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
11,275
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
4.70
|
|
|
$
|
3.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(7.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.23
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
30
The non-GAAP measures of Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income
(loss) per share should not be considered a substitute for, or
superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
These non-GAAP financial measures exclude significant expenses
and income that are required by GAAP to be recorded in the
companys financial statements and are subject to inherent
limitations. Investors should review the reconciliations of
non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP financial
measures that are included in this Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which are
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these
financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions. We base our estimates of the carrying value of
certain assets and liabilities on historical experience and on
various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Our
actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.
We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which
are described in the notes to our financial statements, the
following accounting policies involve a greater degree of
judgment, complexity and effect on materiality. A critical
accounting policy is one that is both material to the
presentation of our financial statements and requires us to make
difficult, subjective or complex judgments for uncertain matters
that could have a material effect on our financial condition and
results of operations. Accordingly, these are the policies we
believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and
evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.
Revenue
Recognition
We generate revenues by providing a number of solutions to our
customers. These solutions include Trading Partner Integration,
Trading Partner Enablement and Trading Partner Intelligence. All
of our solutions are hosted applications that allow customers to
meet their supply chain management requirements. Revenues from
our Trading Partner Integration and Trading Partner Intelligence
solutions are generated through
set-up fees
and a recurring monthly hosting fee. Revenues from our Trading
Partner Enablement solutions are generally one-time service fees.
Fees related to recurring monthly hosting services and one-time
services are recognized when the services are provided. The
recurring monthly fee is comprised of both a fixed and
transaction based fee. Revenues are recorded in accordance with
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 104, Revenue Recognition in
Financial Statements, when all of the following criteria are
met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(2) delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed and
determinable and (4) collectability is probable. If
collection is not considered probable, revenues are recognized
when the fees are collected.
Set-up fees
paid by customers in connection with our solutions, as well as
associated direct and incremental costs, such as labor and
commissions, are deferred and recognized ratably over the
expected life of the customer relationship, which is generally
two years. We continue to evaluate and adjust the length of
these amortization periods as more experience is gained with
customer renewals, contract cancellations and technology changes
requested by our customers. It is possible that, in the future,
the estimates of expected customer lives may change and, if so,
the periods over which such subscription
set-up fees
and costs are amortized will be adjusted. Any such change in
estimated expected customer lives will affect our future results
of operations.
31
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from our customers inability to pay us.
The provision is based on our historical experience and for
specific customers that, in our opinion, are likely to default
on our receivables from them. In order to identify these
customers, we perform ongoing reviews of all customers that have
breached their payment terms, as well as those that have filed
for bankruptcy or for whom information has become available
indicating a significant risk of non-recoverability. In
addition, we have experienced significant growth in the number
of our customers, and we have less payment history to rely upon
with these customers. We rely on historical trends of bad debt
as a percentage of total revenues and apply these percentages to
the accounts receivable associated with new customers and
evaluate these customers over time. To the extent that our
future collections differ from our assumptions based on
historical experience, the amount of our bad debt and allowance
recorded may be different.
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740,
Income Taxes, which requires that deferred tax assets and
liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect
of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of
recorded assets and liabilities. ASC 740 also requires that
deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is
more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred
tax asset will not be realized. The realization of the deferred
tax assets is evaluated quarterly by assessing the valuation
allowance and by adjusting the amount of the allowance, if
necessary.
We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position
only after determining that the relevant tax authority would
more likely than not sustain the position following an audit.
For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold,
the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest
benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized
upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We follow ASC 718, Compensation Stock
Compensation, in accounting for our stock-based awards to
employees. ASC 718 establishes accounting for stock-based
awards exchanged for employee services. Accordingly, stock-based
compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the
fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over
the vesting period of the grant. Determining the appropriate
fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based
payment awards require the use of highly subjective assumptions,
including the expected life of the stock-based payment awards
and stock price volatility. We use the Black-Scholes method to
value our option grants and determine the related compensation
expense. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of
stock-based payment awards represent managements best
estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and
the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors
change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based
compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes method with the following assumptions
used for grants:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Risk-free interest rate(1)
|
|
4.4%
|
|
4.0%
|
|
2.7% - 4.0%
|
|
2.7% - 4.0%
|
|
2.3% - 3.1%
|
Expected term(2)
|
|
8
|
|
7
|
|
4 - 7
|
|
4 - 7
|
|
6.25
|
Estimated volatility(3)
|
|
52%
|
|
53%
|
|
49% - 53%
|
|
49% - 53%
|
|
46%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
32
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rates for options granted during these periods varied within the
ranges stated. |
|
(2) |
|
Expected term for options granted during these periods varied
within the ranges stated. |
|
(3) |
|
Estimated volatility for options granted during these periods
varied within the ranges stated. |
The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield
available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a
remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of our
stock options. The estimated pre-vesting forfeiture rate is
based on our historical experience. We do not expect to declare
dividends in the foreseeable future.
The expected term of the options is based on evaluations of
historical and expected future employee exercise behavior.
Prior to becoming a public entity, historic volatility was not
available for our shares. As a result, we estimated volatility
based on a peer group of companies, which collectively provided
a reasonable basis for estimating volatility. We intend to
continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded
peer companies to determine volatility in the future until
sufficient information regarding volatility of our share price
becomes available or the selected companies are no longer
suitable for this purpose.
We recorded non-cash, stock-based compensation expense under
ASC 718 of $46,000 during 2007, $157,000 during 2008,
$228,000 during 2009 and $177,000 and $458,000 for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010. Based on stock
options outstanding as of September 30, 2010, we had
unrecognized, stock-based compensation of $2,701,000. We expect
to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the
extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense
recognized in future periods will likely increase.
As of September 30, 2010, we had outstanding vested options
to purchase 993,164 shares of our common stock and unvested
options to purchase 605,822 shares of our common stock with
an intrinsic value of approximately $11,489,000 and $1,974,000,
respectively.
Significant
Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common
Stock
The fair value of the shares of common stock that underlie the
stock options we have granted has historically been determined
by our audit committee or board of directors based upon
information available to it at the time of grant. Because, prior
to our initial public offering, there was no public market for
our common stock, our audit committee or board of directors
determined the fair value of our common stock by utilizing,
among other things, recent or contemporaneous valuation
information available as of December 31, 2007 and for each
quarter end thereafter until we completed our initial public
offering on April 22, 2010. The valuation information
included reviews of our business and general economic, market
and other conditions that could be reasonably evaluated at that
time, including our financial results, business agreements,
intellectual property and capital structure. The valuation
information also included a thorough review of the conditions of
the industry in which we operate and the markets that we serve.
Our audit committee or board of directors conducted an analysis
of the fair market value of our company considering two widely
accepted valuation approaches: (1) market approach and
(2) income approach. These valuation approaches are based
on a number of assumptions, including our future revenues and
industry, general economic, market and other conditions that
could reasonably be evaluated at the time of the valuation.
Under the market approach, the guideline market multiple
methodology was applied, which involved the multiplication of
revenues by risk-adjusted multiples. Multiples were determined
through an analysis of certain publicly traded companies, which
were selected on the basis of operational and economic
similarity with our principal business operations. Revenue
multiples were calculated for the comparable companies based
upon daily trading prices. A comparative risk analysis between
our and the public companies formed the basis for the selection
of appropriate risk-adjusted multiples for our company. The risk
analysis incorporated factors that relate to, among
33
other things, the nature of the industry in which we and other
comparable companies are engaged. Under the income approach, we
applied the discounted cash flow methodology, which involved
estimating the present value of the projected cash flows to be
generated from the business and theoretically available to the
capital providers of our company. A discount rate was applied to
the projected future cash flows to reflect all risks of
ownership and the associated risks of realizing the stream of
projected cash flows. Since the cash flows were projected over a
limited number of years, a terminal value was computed as of the
end of the last period of projected cash flows. The terminal
value was an estimate of the value of the enterprise on a going
concern basis as of that future point in time. Discounting each
of the projected future cash flows and the terminal value back
to the present and summing the results yielded an indication of
value for the enterprise. Our board of directors and audit
committee took these two approaches into consideration when
establishing the fair value of our common stock.
Set forth below is a summary of our stock option grants from
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009 and our
contemporaneous valuations and Black-Scholes values for those
grants. Following December 31, 2009, all stock option
grants were valued at either the price to the public of our
common stock for our initial public offering or at the closing
sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on
the date of grant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Fair Value(s)
|
|
|
|
Black-Scholes
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Estimate
|
|
|
|
Value(s)
|
Period of Grant
|
|
Granted
|
|
Price(s)
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Valuation Date(s)
|
|
Per Share
|
|
First Quarter 2009
|
|
|
82,503
|
|
|
$
|
3.45
|
|
|
$
|
3.45
|
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
|
$
|
1.84
|
|
Second Quarter 2009
|
|
|
99,858
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
2.43-2.55
|
|
|
$
|
2.43 - 2.55
|
|
|
April 1, 2009 and April 22, 2009
|
|
$
|
1.31-1.42
|
|
Third Quarter 2009
|
|
|
238,527
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
3.03
|
|
|
$
|
3.03
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
$
|
0.15-1.69
|
|
Fourth Quarter 2009
|
|
|
801
|
|
|
$
|
3.71
|
|
|
$
|
3.71
|
|
|
October 22, 2009
|
|
$
|
7.49
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On April 1, 2009, we unilaterally amended the terms of the
82,503 stock options granted to three employees in the first
quarter of 2009 to reduce the exercise price for all of the
shares subject to each option to $2.43 per share, which was the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of the
amendments. The amendments did not affect the vesting provisions
or the number of shares subject to any of the option awards. For
financial statement reporting, we treat the previously granted
options as being forfeited and the amendments as new option
grants; however, none of the holders of these options made any
investment decisions in connection with the amendments. |
|
(2) |
|
On July 23, 2009, we unilaterally amended the terms of
237,726 stock options granted to 17 employees and one
director to reduce the exercise price for all of the shares
subject to options previously granted to the employees and
director. The amendments did not affect the vesting provisions
or the number of shares subject to any of the option awards. For
financial statement reporting, we treat the previously granted
options as being forfeited and the amendments as new option
grants; however, none of the holders of the previously granted
options made any investment decisions in connection with the
amendments. |
Our audit committee and board of directors made their
determinations as to the fair value in connection with the grant
of stock options exercising their best reasonable judgment at
the time of grant. In the absence of a public market for our
common stock, numerous objective and subjective factors (the
Key Valuation Considerations) were analyzed to
determine the fair value at each grant date, including the
following:
Business
Conditions and Results:
|
|
|
|
|
Our actual financial condition and results of operations during
the relevant period;
|
|
|
The status of strategic initiatives to increase the market for
our services;
|
|
|
The competitive environment that existed at the time of the
valuation;
|
|
|
All important developments for our company, including the growth
of our customer base and the progress of our business model,
such as the introduction of new services; and
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
The status of our efforts to build our management team to retain
and recruit the talent and size organization required to support
our anticipated growth.
|
Market
Conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
The market conditions affecting the technology industry; and
|
|
|
The general economic outlook in the United States and on a
global basis, including the extreme market downturn and turmoil
that was triggered in part by the September 2008 Lehman Brothers
bankruptcy filing as well as the ensuing decrease in employment,
purchasing power and consumer confidence that significantly
affected the U.S. and global economy and future outlook for
both.
|
Liquidity
and Valuation:
|
|
|
|
|
The fact that the option grants involved illiquid securities in
a private company; and
|
|
|
The likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of
common stock underlying the options such as an initial public
offering or sale of our common stock, given prevailing market
conditions and our relative financial condition at the time of
grant.
|
As noted below, the significant factors contributing to the
differences between the valuation of our common stock as
determined by our audit committee or board of directors and our
initial public offering price of $12.00 per share include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Contemporaneous valuations that we performed through
October 22, 2009 all included a lack of marketability
discount of 30% due to the uncertainty in the feasibility and
timing of any public offering. An initial public offering price
would include a marketability discount of 0% since the stock
sold in the offering will not have restrictions on marketability;
|
|
|
Recent market performance of the Nasdaq Stock Market and other
Software-as-a-Service companies have improved. Specifically, the
Nasdaq Stock Market increased 7% from September 30, 2009 to
December 31, 2009 and the Nasdaq Stock Market has increased
13% from September 30, 2009 to March 22, 2010. In
addition, Software-as-a-Service companies have seen improved
valuations and market prices, which we believe increases the
value of our common stock;
|
|
|
2009 was the first year our revenues reached a sufficient level
to provide us with sustainable, positive cash flow, which
provides support to our stockholders that we have obtained
revenue levels that will allow us to leverage our infrastructure
and achieve greater profitability as we increase our business.
We believe the ability to generate positive cash flow validates
our business model. Our business involves selling our solution
to thousands of recurring revenue customers who pay low monthly
fees to us; therefore, it is critical that we reach a critical
customer count to cover our infrastructure costs. Once
sufficient revenue levels are met, our margins improve and we
produce positive cash flow that can be used for working capital
or potential, strategic acquisitions. We believe reaching this
milestone significantly increases our value and, accordingly,
the value of our common stock; and
|
|
|
Financial projections that were used in 2009 by the audit
committee and board of directors in valuing the common stock
were based in part on estimates of 2009 and future performance.
The projections assumed that we would begin to demonstrate
improved scalability and leverage of our infrastructure costs in
2009. Our actual performance in 2009 exceeded our
managements expectations and led to improved scalability
and leverage of our infrastructure costs; therefore, we believe
that the value of our common stock has increased substantially
from the value determined early in the fourth quarter of 2009.
|
35
Specifics related to grants from January 1, 2009 to
December 31, 2009 are as follows:
First
Quarter 2009
During the first quarter of 2009, we granted 82,503 stock
options with an exercise price of $3.45 per share. In the
absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our
board of directors, with input from management, considered the
Key Valuation Considerations and factors described below and
determined the fair market value of our common stock in good
faith to be $3.45 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash equivalents
and short-term investment balances of $3.7 million as of
December 31, 2008 were not sufficient to sustain long term
growth and provide cash to invest in operations. Our revenues
grew from $6.9 million for the three months ended
December 31, 2007 to $8.1 million for the three months
ended December 31, 2008. At the same time, our losses for
each of the last three quarters of 2008 were $(555,000),
$(134,000) and $(287,000).
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this period our
audit committee also considered the rights, preferences and
privileges of the preferred stock relative to the common stock.
As of December 31, 2008, our preferred stock possessed an
aggregate liquidation preference of $38.6 million. The
participation rights of our preferred stock also provide that
the preferred stock participates with the common stock pro rata
in our remaining assets. Our audit committee did not believe at
that time we were a candidate for a liquidity event, such as an
initial public offering or sale of the company at a premium
whereby our preferred stock would convert to common thereby
eliminating the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of February 10, 2009.
In our valuation analysis, we utilized the market approach and
the income approach. The discounted cash flow used in the income
approach applied (i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount
rate, which in this case was 19.5%, to estimated debt-free cash
flows, based on forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to
revenues to determine a terminal value, which in this case was
1.5 times revenues. The projections used in connection with the
income approach were based on our expected operating performance
over the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date, of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $63.0 million. The Black-Scholes option pricing model
was then used to perform an equity allocation of the marketable
minority value of $63.0 million to each of the series and
classes of equity capital to derive a common stock value. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $3.45 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
Second
Quarter 2009
During the second quarter of 2009, we granted 17,355 stock
options with a per share exercise price of $2.55 on
April 22, 2009 and on April 1, 2009 amended the
exercise price of 82,503 stock options previously granted to
three employees to lower the exercise price to $2.43 per share.
We treat the amended options as newly granted options for
financial statement reporting purposes. In the absence of a
public trading market for our common stock, our audit committee,
with input from management, considered the Key Valuation
Considerations and factors described below and determined the
fair market value of our common stock in good faith to be $2.43
per share on April 1, 2009 and $2.55 per share on
April 22, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash equivalents
and short-term investment balances of $4.3 million as of
March 31, 2009, which were not sufficient to sustain
long-term growth and provide cash to invest in operations.
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
Our revenues grew from $7.0 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2008 to $8.5 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2009. At the same time, our losses
for each of the three most recently completed quarters were
$(134,000), $(287,000) and $(54,000).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this period our
audit committee also considered the rights, preferences and
privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock.
As of March 31, 2009, our preferred stock possessed an
aggregate liquidation preference of $38.6 million. The
participation rights of our preferred stock also provide that
the preferred stock participates with the common stock pro rata
in our remaining assets. Our audit committee did not believe at
that time we were a candidate for a liquidity event, such as an
initial public offering or sale of our company at a premium
whereby our preferred stock would convert to common thereby
eliminating the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of April 1, 2009 for
the amended options and as of April 22, 2009 for the
options granted on that date. In our valuation analysis, we
utilized the market approach and the income approach. The
discounted cash flow used in the income approach applied
(i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate, which in
this case was 19.5%, to estimated debt-free cash flows, based on
forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to revenues to
determine a terminal value, which in this case was 1.5 times
revenues. The projections used in connection with the income
approach were based on our expected operating performance over
the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date, of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $64.0 million as of April 1, 2009. The
Black-Scholes option pricing model was then used to perform an
equity allocation of the marketable minority value of
$64.0 million to each of the series and classes of equity
capital to derive a common stock value as of that date. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $2.43 on
April 1, 2009 after considering a lack of marketability
discount of 30%. Our marketable minority equity value was
determined to be $64.6 million as of April 22, 2009.
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was then used to perform
an equity allocation of the marketable minority value of
$64.6 million to each of the series and classes of equity
capital to derive a common stock value as of that date. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $2.55 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
The decrease in the per share value of our common stock during
the first and second quarters of 2009 compared to
October 31, 2008 primarily was the result of a decrease in
the value of the publicly traded companies used in our market
analysis as well as revised company projections that reduced our
expected revenues and cash flows in light of the general
economic downturn that continued during that time.
Third
Quarter 2009
During the third quarter of 2009, on July 23, 2009, we
granted 801 stock options and amended 237,726 stock options such
that all options granted or amended during the period had a per
share exercise price of $3.03. We treat the amended options as
newly granted options for financial statement reporting
purposes. In the absence of a public trading market for our
common stock, our audit committee, with input from management,
considered the Key Valuation Considerations and factors
described below and determined the fair market value of our
common stock in good faith to be $3.03 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash equivalents
and short-term investments balances of $5.4 million as of
June 30, 2009 were not sufficient to sustain long-term
growth and provide cash to invest in operations. Our revenues
grew from $7.6 million for the three months ended
June 30, 2008 to $9.6 million for the three months
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
ended June 30, 2009. At the same time, our income (loss)
for each of the three most recently completed quarters were
$(287,000), $(54,000) and $657,000.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this period our
audit committee also considered the rights, preferences and
privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock.
As of June 30, 2009, our preferred stock possessed an
aggregate liquidation preference of $38.6 million. The
participation rights of our preferred stock also provide that
the preferred stock participates with the common stock pro rata
in our remaining assets. At that time, our audit committee
believed we could become a candidate for a liquidity event, such
as an initial public offering or sale of our company at a
premium whereby our preferred stock would convert to common
thereby eliminating the liquidation preferences of the preferred
stock. However, the audit committee was unsure if there was any
interest by potential underwriters for an initial public
offering or by potential acquirers of the Company, as neither
the audit committee nor the board of directors had held any
substantive discussions with potential underwriters or acquirers
during the preceding 12 months. If there was interest by a
potential underwriter or acquirer, the audit committee also was
unsure of when an offering or acquisition would occur and
believed any offering or acquisition could occur well in the
future.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of July 23, 2009. In
our valuation analysis, we utilized the market approach and the
income approach. The discounted cash flow used in the income
approach applied (i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount
rate, which in this case was 19.5%, to estimated debt-free cash
flows, based on forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to
revenues to determine a terminal value, which in this case was
1.5 times revenues. The projections used in connection with the
income approach were based on our expected operating performance
over the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date, of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $71.8 million. The Black-Scholes option pricing model
was then used to perform an equity allocation of the marketable
minority value of $71.8 million to each of the series and
classes of equity capital to derive a common stock value. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $3.03 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
Fourth
Quarter 2009
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we granted 801 stock options
on October 22, 2009 with a per share exercise price of
$3.71. In the absence of a public trading market for our common
stock, our audit committee, with input from management,
considered the Key Valuation Considerations and factors
described below and determined the fair market value of our
common stock in good faith to be $3.71 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations: Our cash and cash equivalents
and short-term investments balances of $5.8 million as of
September 30, 2009 were not sufficient to sustain long-term
growth and provide cash to invest in operations. Our revenues
grew from $8.1 million for the three months ended
September 30, 2008 to $9.6 million for the three
months ended September 30, 2009. At the same time, our
income (loss) for each of the three most recently completed
quarters was $(54,000), $657,000 and $346,000.
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Preferences: During this period our
audit committee also considered the rights, preferences and
privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock.
As of September 30, 2009, our preferred stock possessed an
aggregate liquidation preference of $38.6 million. The
participation rights of our preferred stock also provide that
the preferred stock participates with the common stock pro rata
in our remaining assets. At that time, our audit committee
believed we could become a candidate for a liquidity event, such
as an initial public offering or sale of our company at a
premium whereby our preferred stock would convert to common
thereby eliminating the liquidation preferences of the preferred
stock. In early October 2009, the board of directors received
feedback from potential underwriters that we were a potentially
viable candidate for an
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
initial public offering, but the board was unsure if it would
proceed with such an offering and therefore did not change any
of the Key Valuation Considerations at that time.
|
As indicated above, we performed a contemporaneous valuation of
the fair value of our common stock as of October 22, 2009.
In our valuation analysis, we utilized the market approach and
the income approach. The discounted cash flow used in the income
approach applied (i) the appropriate risk-adjusted discount
rate, which in this case was 19.5%, to estimated debt-free cash
flows, based on forecasted revenues and (ii) multiples to
revenues to determine a terminal value, which in this case was
1.5 times revenues. The projections used in connection with the
income approach were based on our expected operating performance
over the forecast period. There is inherent uncertainty in these
estimates; if different discount rates or assumptions had been
used, the valuation would have been different.
The values of our company calculated under each methodology were
given equal weight based upon our audit committees
estimate as of the valuation date, of the meaningfulness of each
methodology to our companys valuation. Based on these
inputs, our marketable minority equity value was determined to
be $82.2 million. The Black-Scholes option pricing model
was then used to perform an equity allocation of the marketable
minority value of $82.2 million to each of the series and
classes of equity capital to derive a common stock value. The
resulting valuation determined a per share value of $3.71 after
considering a lack of marketability discount of 30%.
Research
and Development
We account for the costs incurred to develop our software
solution in accordance with
ASC 350-40,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. Capitalizable
costs consists of (a) certain external direct costs of
materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining
internal-use computer software and (b) payroll and
payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated
with, and who devote time to, the project. These costs generally
consist of internal labor during configuration, coding and
testing activities. Research and development costs incurred
during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data
conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and
administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Costs
that cannot be separated between maintenance of, and relatively
minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are
also expensed as incurred. Capitalization begins when the
preliminary project stage is complete, management with the
relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the
software project, it is probable the project will be completed,
the software will be used to perform the functions intended and
certain functional and quality standards have been met.
Our research and development expenses primarily consist of
personnel costs for development and maintenance of our existing
solutions. Historically, we therefore have expensed all research
and development expenditures as incurred.
Valuation
of Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business
combinations. We test goodwill for impairment annually at
December 31, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The
impairment test is conducted by comparing the fair value of the
net assets with their carrying value. Fair value is determined
using the future cash flows expected to be generated. If the
carrying value exceeds the fair value, goodwill may be impaired.
If this occurs, the fair value is then allocated to its assets
and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price
allocation in order to determine the implied fair value of
goodwill. This implied fair value is then compared to the
carrying amount of goodwill and, if it is less, we would
recognize an impairment loss. There has been no impairment of
these assets to date.
The valuation of goodwill requires the use of discounted cash
flow valuation models. Those models require
39
estimates of future revenue, profits, capital expenditures and
working capital. These estimates will be determined by
evaluating historical trends, current budgets, operating plans
and industry data. Determining the fair value of goodwill
includes significant judgment by management and different
judgments could yield different results.
We have reviewed our operations and determined that to date we
have had one reporting unit. We based our conclusion primarily
on the fact that we do not prepare separate financial
information for distinct units, we do not have segment or unit
managers that are responsible for specific solutions we provide
and our management and board of directors use only one set of
financial information to make decisions about resources to be
allocated among our company.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our
results of operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
37,746
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
|
$
|
32,678
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,258
|
|
|
|
11,715
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
9,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,439
|
|
|
|
26,031
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
23,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,493
|
|
|
|
13,506
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
|
|
11,768
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
|
|
3,218
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
6,339
|
|
|
|
4,671
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,849
|
|
|
|
24,150
|
|
|
|
17,902
|
|
|
|
20,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(1,821
|
)
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
1,881
|
|
|
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
2,594
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(439
|
)
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
(270
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(358
|
)
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our
results of operations expressed as a percentage of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
(6
|
)%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to rounding, totals may not equal the sum of the line items
in the table above.
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2010 compared to Nine Months
Ended September 30, 2009
Revenues. Revenues for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 increased $4.9 million, or 18%, to
$32.7 million from $27.8 million for the same period
in 2009. Our fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2010
represented our 39th consecutive quarter of increased
revenues. The increase in revenues for both periods resulted
from an 11% increase in recurring revenue customers to 12,117 at
September 30, 2010 from 10,939 at September 30, 2009,
as well as an 11% increase in annualized average recurring
revenues per recurring revenue customer to $3,226 from $2,900.
The increase in annualized average recurring revenues per
recurring revenue customer was primarily attributable to
increased fees resulting from increased usage of our solutions
by our recurring revenue customers. Recurring revenues from
recurring revenue customers accounted for 83% of our total
revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2010,
compared to 80% for the same period in 2009. We anticipate that
the number of recurring revenue customers and the recurring
revenues per recurring revenue customer will continue to
increase as we increase the number of solutions we offer, such
as the Trading Partner Intelligence solution we introduced in
2009, and increase the penetration of those solutions across our
customer base.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 increased $551,000, or 6%,
to $9.3 million from $8.7 million for the same period
in 2009. The increase in costs was primarily attributable to
higher costs of personnel, network services and depreciation. As
a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues was 28% for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010, compared to 32% for the
same period in 2009. Increased revenues allowed us to leverage
our personnel and infrastructure costs and decrease our cost of
revenues as a percentage of total revenues. Going forward, we
anticipate that cost of revenues will increase in absolute
dollars as we continue to build our business.
41
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010
increased $1.8 million, or 18%, to $11.8 million from
$10.0 million for the same period in 2009. The increase in
sales and marketing expenses was due to higher commissions
earned by sales personnel from new business, as well as
increased personnel costs. As a percentage of revenues, sales
and marketing expenses were 36% for each of the nine months
ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. As we work to grow our
business, we will continue to add resources to our sales and
marketing efforts over time, and we expect that these expenses
will increase in absolute dollars.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 were $3.2 million, which was
comparable to the same period in 2009. As a percentage of
revenues, research and development expenses were 10% for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to 12% for
the same period in 2009. Increased revenues contributed to the
decrease in research and development expenses as a percentage of
revenues. We expect research and development expenses will
increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance and
expand our solutions and applications.
General and Administrative Expenses. For the nine
months ended September 30, 2010, general and administrative
expenses increased $1.1 million, or 24%, to
$5.8 million from $4.7 million for the same period in
2009. The increase in general and administrative expenses was
due to increased expenses related to being a public company,
including board of director, legal and accounting fees. As a
percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses were
18% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared
to 17% for the same period in 2009. Going forward, we expect
that general and administrative expenses will increase in
absolute dollars.
Other Income (Expense). Interest expense for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 decreased $159,000, or
71%, to $66,000 from $225,000 for the same period in 2009. The
decrease in interest expense was principally due to reduced
equipment borrowings and the repayment of all outstanding
indebtedness under our credit facility in 2010. Interest income
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $104,000
as the result of interest earned on the net cash proceeds from
our initial public offering in April 2010. Other expense for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $93,000 compared
to other income of $113,000 for the same period in 2009. The
other income (expense) change was driven primarily by updating
the value of outstanding preferred stock warrants to fair market
value as required by generally accepted accounting principles.
We expect that there will be no further income or expense
related to these warrants as they were converted to common stock
warrants with the completion of our initial public offering on
April 22, 2010.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $96,000
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to
$60,000 for the same period in 2009. We record our interim
provision for income taxes based on our estimated annual
effective tax rate for the year. Our provision for income taxes
includes estimated federal alternative minimum taxes, state
income and franchise taxes, as well as deferred tax expense
resulting from the book and tax basis difference in goodwill
from a prior asset acquisition.
Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008
Revenues. Revenues for 2009 increased
$7.0 million, or 23%, to $37.7 million from
$30.7 million for 2008. The increase in revenues resulted
primarily from a 9% increase in recurring revenue customers to
11,003 from 10,076 as well as a 10% increase in average
recurring revenues per recurring revenue customer to $2,879 from
$2,622. The increase in average recurring revenues per recurring
revenue customer was primarily attributable to increased fees
resulting from increased usage of our solutions by our recurring
revenue customers. In addition, $1.2 million of the
increase in revenues was due to higher testing and certification
revenues due to a greater number of enablement campaigns for
2009. In 2009, we had our highest level of revenues from Trading
Partner Enablement due to significant increased demand for
enablement from our retailers in the year.
42
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for 2009
increased $2.4 million, or 27%, to $11.7 million from
$9.3 million for 2008. Of the increase in costs,
approximately $2.1 million resulted from an increase in
personnel costs, which was primarily attributable to the
additional employees we hired for our implementation groups and
customer support team. The remaining $300,000 increase was
primarily due to higher costs of network services and
depreciation. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues was
31% for 2009 compared to 30% for 2008.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses for 2009 increased $1.0 million, or 8%, to
$13.5 million from $12.5 million for 2008. The
increase in the dollar amount is due to higher commissions
earned by sales personnel from new business. As a percentage of
revenues, sales and marketing expenses were 36% for 2009
compared to 41% for 2008. Increased revenues for 2009 compared
to 2008 allowed us to leverage our fixed sales and marketing
expenses and caused the decrease in sales and marketing expenses
as a percentage of revenues.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses for 2009 increased $665,000, or 18%, to
$4.3 million from $3.6 million for 2008. The increase
in the dollar amount was primarily related to increased
personnel costs of $502,000 due to increased salaries and wages
for 2009 as well as costs for employees added during 2009. We
also had additional consulting fees of $147,000 during 2009
compared to 2008, as consultants supplemented development work
on new solutions. As a percentage of revenues, research and
development expenses were 11% for 2009 compared to 12% for 2008.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and
administrative expenses for 2009 decreased $377,000, or 6%, to
$6.3 million from $6.7 million for 2008. As a
percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses were
17% for 2009 compared to 22% for 2008. In February 2009, the
subscriber relationships from our 2006 Owens Direct acquisition
became fully amortized, causing a decrease in amortization costs
included in general and administrative expenses for the
remainder of 2009 and driving the decrease in general and
administrative expenses in absolute dollars and as a percentage
of revenues.
Other Income (Expense). Interest expense for 2009
decreased $149,000, or 36%, to $270,000 from $419,000 for 2008.
The decrease in interest expense is principally due to reduced
equipment borrowings. Other expense for 2009 was $358,000
compared to other income of $28,000 for 2008. The other income
(expense) change was driven by updating the value of preferred
stock warrants we issued to fair market value using the
Black-Scholes method.
Year
ended December 31, 2008 compared to year ended
December 31, 2007
Revenues. Revenues for 2008 increased
$5.5 million, or 22%, to $30.7 million from
$25.2 million for 2007. The increase in revenues resulted
primarily from a 6% increase in recurring revenue customers to
10,076 from 9,496 as well as a 10% increase in average recurring
revenues per recurring revenue customer to $2,622 from $2,385.
The increase in average recurring revenues per recurring revenue
customer was primarily attributable to increased fees resulting
from increased usage of our solutions by our recurring revenue
customers.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for 2008
increased $2.9 million, or 45%, to $9.3 million from
$6.4 million for 2007. Of the increase in costs,
$2.3 million is related to personnel costs associated with
implementation and customer and applications support based on
business growth. The principal driver of these increased
personnel costs, which we amortize over 24 months, is the
additional employees we hired during 2007 to provide
implementation services to support our focus on integrating our
solutions into our recurring revenue customers business
systems. This resulted in a larger impact in 2008 than 2007.
Additionally, $500,000 of the increase in cost of revenues from
2007 to 2008 is attributable to direct cost, which includes cost
of resale and increased depreciation. As a percentage of
revenues, cost of revenues was 30% for 2008 compared to 25% for
2007. Cost of revenues increased as a percentage of revenues
because the increased personnel costs for 2008 did not
correspond with an increase in revenues for the period.
43
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses for 2008 increased $857,000, or 7%, to
$12.5 million from $11.6 million for 2007. The
increase in sales and marketing expenses is due to the increase
in personnel costs driven by an increase to the number of
employees in sales and marketing in 2008 compared to 2007. As a
percentage of revenues, sales and marketing expenses were 41%
for 2008 compared to 46% for 2007. Sales and marketing expenses
decreased as a percentage of revenues because we effectively
leveraged these costs across the revenues generated by the
recurring revenue customers added during 2008.
Research and Development Expenses. Research and
development expenses for 2008 increased $94,000, or 3%, to
$3.6 million from $3.5 million for 2007. As a
percentage of revenues, research and development expenses were
12% for 2008 compared to 14% for 2007. Research and development
expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues because we
effectively leveraged these expenses across the revenues
generated by recurring revenue customers during 2008.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and
administrative expenses for 2008 increased $1.2 million, or
23%, to $6.7 million from $5.5 million for 2007. The
increase in the dollar amount of general and administrative
expenses is primarily due to increased personnel costs for
internal information technology support. Also contributing to
the increase were a $102,000 increase in credit card fees from
increased usage of our solutions as well as an increase of
$245,000 resulting from a charge for bad debt, which we believe
was attributable to the general economic downturn that continued
throughout 2008. Auditing and legal fees increased by $169,000
in 2008 compared to 2007 due to additional activities such as
quarterly common stock valuation analyses and having quarterly
reviews completed by our auditors. As a percentage of revenues,
general and administrative expenses remained constant for 2008
compared to 2007.
Other Income (Expense). Interest expense for 2008
decreased $20,000, or 5%, to $419,000 from $439,000 for 2007.
The decrease in interest expense is due to reduced equipment
borrowings. Other income for 2008 decreased $92,000, or 77%, to
$28,000 from $120,000 for 2007. In 2007, other income included
$54,000 for a sales tax refund, and higher interest income on
certificates of deposits.
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our unaudited operating results,
Adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share
for each of the eleven quarters preceding and including the
period ended September 30, 2010 and the percentage of
revenues for each line item shown. The information is derived
from our unaudited financial statements. In the opinion of
management, our unaudited financial statements include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring items, except
as noted in the notes to the financial statements, necessary for
a fair statement of interim periods. The financial information
presented for the interim periods has been prepared in a manner
consistent with our accounting policies described elsewhere in
this prospectus and should be read in
44
conjunction therewith. Operating results for interim periods are
not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected
for a full-year period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
6,957
|
|
|
$
|
7,586
|
|
|
$
|
8,074
|
|
|
$
|
8,080
|
|
|
$
|
8,531
|
|
|
$
|
9,600
|
|
|
$
|
9,634
|
|
|
$
|
9,981
|
|
|
$
|
10,243
|
|
|
$
|
10,944
|
|
|
$
|
11,491
|
|
Cost of revenues(1)
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
2,199
|
|
|
|
2,435
|
|
|
|
2,638
|
|
|
|
2,837
|
|
|
|
2,896
|
|
|
|
3,009
|
|
|
|
2,973
|
|
|
|
2,981
|
|
|
|
3,101
|
|
|
|
3,211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,971
|
|
|
|
5,387
|
|
|
|
5,639
|
|
|
|
5,442
|
|
|
|
5,694
|
|
|
|
6,704
|
|
|
|
6,625
|
|
|
|
7,008
|
|
|
|
7,262
|
|
|
|
7,843
|
|
|
|
8,280
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing(1)
|
|
|
3,162
|
|
|
|
3,240
|
|
|
|
3,101
|
|
|
|
2,990
|
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
|
3,397
|
|
|
|
3,533
|
|
|
|
3,501
|
|
|
|
3,507
|
|
|
|
4,122
|
|
|
|
4,139
|
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
|
1,044
|
|
|
|
1,059
|
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
1,079
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
1,067
|
|
|
|
1,108
|
|
General and administrative(1)
|
|
|
1,639
|
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
1,684
|
|
|
|
1,724
|
|
|
|
1,652
|
|
|
|
1,514
|
|
|
|
1,505
|
|
|
|
1,668
|
|
|
|
1,665
|
|
|
|
1,975
|
|
|
|
2,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
5,750
|
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
5,660
|
|
|
|
5,576
|
|
|
|
5,771
|
|
|
|
5,970
|
|
|
|
6,161
|
|
|
|
6,248
|
|
|
|
6,215
|
|
|
|
7,164
|
|
|
|
7,412
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(779
|
)
|
|
|
(476
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
(516
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(919
|
)
|
|
$
|
(555
|
)
|
|
$
|
(134
|
)
|
|
$
|
(287
|
)
|
|
$
|
(54
|
)
|
|
$
|
657
|
|
|
$
|
346
|
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
919
|
|
|
$
|
638
|
|
|
$
|
886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
|
|
$
|
(259
|
)
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
|
$
|
442
|
|
|
$
|
536
|
|
|
$
|
1,103
|
|
|
$
|
861
|
|
|
$
|
706
|
|
|
$
|
1,422
|
|
|
$
|
1,267
|
|
|
$
|
1,418
|
|
Recurring revenue customers
|
|
|
9,808
|
|
|
|
9,949
|
|
|
|
10,033
|
|
|
|
10,076
|
|
|
|
10,273
|
|
|
|
10,709
|
|
|
|
10,939
|
|
|
|
11,003
|
|
|
|
11,392
|
|
|
|
11,804
|
|
|
|
12,117
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per diluted share(3)
|
|
$
|
(2.77
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense, as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
175
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
EBITDA consists of net income (loss) plus depreciation and
amortization, interest expense, interest income and income tax
expense (benefit). Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA plus our
non-cash, share-based compensation expense. We use Adjusted
EBITDA as a measure of operating performance because it assists
us in comparing performance on a consistent basis, as it removes
from our operating results the impact of our |
45
|
|
|
|
|
capital structure. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an
investor in evaluating our operating performance because it is
widely used to measure a companys operating performance
without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization,
which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book
value of assets, and to present a meaningful measure of
corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure and the
method by which assets were acquired. The following table
provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted
EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(919
|
)
|
|
$
|
(555
|
)
|
|
$
|
(134
|
)
|
|
$
|
(287
|
)
|
|
$
|
(54
|
)
|
|
$
|
657
|
|
|
$
|
346
|
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
919
|
|
|
$
|
638
|
|
|
$
|
886
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
|
403
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(295
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
|
1,371
|
|
|
|
1,092
|
|
|
|
1,186
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
(295
|
)
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
|
$
|
442
|
|
|
$
|
536
|
|
|
$
|
1,103
|
|
|
$
|
861
|
|
|
$
|
706
|
|
|
$
|
1,422
|
|
|
$
|
1,267
|
|
|
$
|
1,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share consists of net income
(loss) plus non-cash, share-based compensation expense and
amortization expense related to intangible assets divided by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during each period. We believe non-GAAP net income (loss) per
share is useful to an investor because it is widely used to
measure a companys operating performance. The following
table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to non-GAAP
net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share
amounts): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited; in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(919
|
)
|
|
$
|
(555
|
)
|
|
$
|
(134
|
)
|
|
$
|
(287
|
)
|
|
$
|
(54
|
)
|
|
$
|
657
|
|
|
$
|
346
|
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
919
|
|
|
$
|
638
|
|
|
$
|
886
|
|
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(686
|
)
|
|
$
|
(321
|
)
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
$
|
(43
|
)
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
$
|
719
|
|
|
$
|
425
|
|
|
$
|
264
|
|
|
$
|
970
|
|
|
$
|
813
|
|
|
$
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
|
8,301
|
|
|
|
11,620
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
9,226
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
9,203
|
|
|
|
9,046
|
|
|
|
9,004
|
|
|
|
9,428
|
|
|
|
9,525
|
|
|
|
11,844
|
|
|
|
12,413
|
|
Non-GAAP net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(2.77
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
2.17
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.80
|
|
|
$
|
2.97
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(2.77
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.18
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.13
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
46
As a percentage of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(13
|
)%
|
|
|
(7
|
)%
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to rounding, totals may not equal the sum of the line items
in the table above.
Revenues increased sequentially for all quarters presented
primarily due to increases in our recurring revenue customers
and increases in recurring revenue per recurring revenue
customer.
Gross profits have generally increased each quarter as we
continue to grow our business. Gross profit margins generally
have decreased as we have added personnel across all areas of
our business to support our growth and expected future business.
Going forward we would anticipate gross profit margins will
approximate their current level as revenue growth begins to
match the personnel costs we have added to build our business.
Operating expenses generally have been increasing because we
have added personnel across all areas of our business to support
our growth and expected future business.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily
through the sale of preferred stock, borrowings under credit
facilities and, prior to 2004, issuances of notes payable to
stockholders. At September 30, 2010, our principal sources
of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling
$39.1 million and accounts receivable, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts, of $5.5 million compared to cash and
cash equivalents of $5.9 million and accounts
47
receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, of
$4.8 million at December 31, 2009. Our working capital
as of September 30, 2010 was $40.6 million compared to
working capital of $5.0 million as of December 31,
2009. We bill our recurring revenue customers in arrears for
monthly service fees and initial integration
set-up fees.
As a result, the amount of our accounts receivable at the end of
a period is driven significantly by our revenues from recurring
revenue customers for the last month of the period, and our cash
flows from operations are affected by our collection of amounts
due from customers for services that resulted in the recognition
of revenues in a prior period. The increase in working capital
from December 31, 2009 to September 30, 2010 resulted
primarily from the following:
|
|
|
|
|
$33.2 million increase in cash and cash equivalents,
primarily representing the net proceeds from our initial public
offering in April 2010;
|
|
|
$751,000 increase in net accounts receivable, due to new
business for the nine months ended September 30, 2010;
|
|
|
$455,000 increase in deferred costs, current for expenses
related to increased implementation resources and commission
payments for new business;
|
|
|
$449,000 decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets,
as prepaid expenses related to our initial public offering were
recognized;
|
|
|
$287,000 decrease in accounts payable, and $175,000 decrease in
accrued expenses and other current liabilities, as payments were
made on invoices and accruals related to our initial public
offering;
|
|
|
$714,000 increase in accrued compensation and benefits, due
primarily to increased salary accruals, slightly offset by
payments made in early 2010 for bonuses accrued as of
December 31, 2009;
|
|
|
$267,000 increase in current deferred revenue, due to new
business for the nine months ended September 30,
2010; and
|
|
|
$2.2 million decrease in the current portion of long-term
debt and line of credit, as amounts were repaid with proceeds
from our initial public offering.
|
Net Cash
Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $4.1 million
for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and
2009, as the approximate $1.5 million increase in net
income was more than offset by the changes in non-cash expenses
and the changes in working capital accounts as discussed above.
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was
$5.2 million for 2009, $(807,000) for 2008 and $(803,000)
for 2007. For 2009, net cash provided by operating activities
was primarily a result of $1.2 million of net income,
non-cash depreciation and amortization of $1.5 million, a
$1.1 million increase in accrued compensation for bonuses
in 2009 compared to 2008 due to our improved performance in
2009, and an $844,000 increase in deferred revenue. Increases in
deferred revenue are due to continued growth in new business,
offset by the recognition of setup revenue recognized ratably
over time.
For 2008, net cash used in operating activities was primarily a
result of a $1.9 million net loss, offset by
$2.0 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization
expense, an increase in accounts receivable of $811,000 due to
business growth and an increase in deferred costs of
$1.7 million primarily related to increased personnel costs
associated with our increased implementations in the period,
offset by increased deferred revenue from growth in new business
of $1.5 million.
For 2007, net cash used in operating activities was primarily a
result of a $2.2 million net loss, offset by
$1.8 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization
expense, and an increase in deferred costs of $2.9 million
primarily related to increased personnel costs associated with
our increased implementations in the period, offset by increased
deferred revenue from growth in new business of
$1.8 million and an increase in accrued compensation of
$658,000 due to increased bonus compensation.
48
Net Cash
Flows from Investing Activities
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, net
cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million and
$506,000 respectively, all for capital expenditures. Capital
expenditures in 2010 included a significant consolidated
purchase of middleware and database licenses.
For 2009, net cash used in investing activities was
$1.0 million for the purchase of various capital
expenditures. In general, our various capital expenditures are
for supporting our existing customer base, growth in new
business, and internal use such as equipment for our employees.
Net cash provided by investing for 2008 was $379,000, consisting
of the sale of short-term investments of $1.3 million,
partially offset by $884,000 in capital expenditures. Net cash
used in investing was $2.4 million for 2007, consisting of
$1.1 million of capital expenditures and $1.3 million
for the purchase of short-term investments.
Net Cash
Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $30.3 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing
the approximate $33.0 million of net proceeds from our
initial public offering slightly offset by $2.6 million of
net repayments on our outstanding indebtedness. Net cash used in
financing activities was $1.5 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009, representing net repayments on
outstanding indebtedness.
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.9 million for
2009. We used these funds to pay $1.3 million in equipment
loans and capital lease obligations and to pay $679,000 toward
the term loan from our Owens Direct acquisition. For 2008, net
cash used in financing activities was $711,000. We used these
funds primarily to pay capital lease obligations as well as to
pay a portion of the term loan from our Owens Direct
acquisition. For 2007, net cash flows provided by financing was
$6.1 million, primarily from the issuance of Series C
redeemable convertible preferred stock in April 2007.
Credit
Facility
We terminated our credit facility with BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited effective March 31, 2010, such
that no new borrowings will be made and all related outstanding
indebtedness was repaid during the quarter ended June 30,
2010. We are currently reviewing our future needs for a credit
facility.
Pursuant to this facility, BlueCrest provided us a series of
equipment term loans that were payable in 36 equal monthly
installments. In 2007, BlueCrest agreed to make equipment loans
to us from time to time until December 31, 2007. Before its
commitment expired, BlueCrest made loans in the aggregate
principal amount of $1.2 million, of which $212,000 was
outstanding as of December 31, 2009. Each loan bore
interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of (i) 7.20%
plus (ii) the greater of 4.84% or the yield on three-year
U.S. Treasury notes on the date the loan was made. In 2008,
BlueCrest agreed to make additional equipment loans to us from
time to time until December 31, 2008. Before its commitment
expired, BlueCrest made loans in the aggregate principal amount
of $756,000, of which $520,000 was outstanding as of
December 31, 2009. Each loan bore interest at a per annum
rate equal to the sum of (i) 9.25% plus (ii) the
greater of 2.55% or the yield on three-year U.S. Treasury
notes on the date the loan was made.
In 2009, BlueCrest established a revolving credit facility that
allowed us to borrow an amount that did not exceed the lesser of
the revolving loan commitment and the borrowing base. The amount
of the revolving loan commitment was $3.5 million. The
borrowing base was determined monthly and calculated based on
specified percentages of our domestic and Canadian accounts
receivable, less certain reserves established by BlueCrest. As
of December 31,
49
2009, the maximum amount we could borrow under the revolving
facility was $1.5 million, all of which we had borrowed.
The revolving facility bore interest at the rate of 9.00% per
annum and terminated on March 31, 2010.
Adequacy
of Capital Resources
Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those
now planned and will depend on many factors, including the costs
to develop and implement new solutions and applications, the
sales and marketing resources needed to further penetrate our
market and gain acceptance of new solutions and applications we
develop, the expansion of our operations in the United States
and internationally and the response of competitors to our
solutions and applications. Historically, we have experienced
increases in our expenditures consistent with the growth in our
operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our
expenditures will continue to increase as we grow our business.
We believe our cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from our
operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and
capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve
months.
During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have
not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect
that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our
business in the foreseeable future.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments
in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt.
Additionally, we are not a party to any derivative contracts or
synthetic leases.
Contractual
and Commercial Commitment Summary
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of
December 31, 2009 are summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
Contractual Obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
$
|
499
|
|
|
$
|
233
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
|
1,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities(2)
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
7,556
|
|
|
$
|
1,613
|
|
|
$
|
1,808
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of equipment loans from BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of the long-term portion of deferred revenues and
deferred tax liability. |
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Sensitivity Risk. For fixed rate debt,
interest rate changes affect the fair value of financial
instruments but do not impact earnings or cash flows.
Conversely, for floating rate debt, interest rate changes
generally do not affect the fair market value but do impact
future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held
constant. The principal objectives of our investment activities
are to preserve principal, provide liquidity and maximize income
consistent with minimizing risk of material loss. The recorded
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair
value due to their short maturities. Due to the nature of our
short-term investments, we have concluded that we do not have
material market risk exposure. All of our outstanding debt as of
December 31, 2008 and 2009 had a fixed rate. We therefore
do not have any material risk to interest rate fluctuations.
50
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk. Our results of
operations and cash flows are not materially affected by
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Seasonality
The size and breadth of our customer base mitigates the
seasonality of any particular retailer. As a result, our results
of operations are not materially affected by seasonality.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued guidance that delayed the effective date of
Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 820, Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures, for non-financial assets and
non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or
disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a
recurring basis (at least annually). We adopted ASC 820 for
non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities on
January 1, 2009, and such adoption did not have a material
impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires interim
reporting period disclosure about the fair value of certain
financial instruments, effective for interim reporting periods
ending after June 15, 2009. We have adopted these
disclosure requirements. Due to their nature, the carrying value
of our cash, receivables, payables and debt obligations
approximates fair value.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events. ASC 855 incorporates guidance into accounting
literature that was previously addressed only in auditing
standards. The statement refers to subsequent events that
provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the
balance-sheet date as recognized subsequent events.
Subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that
arose after the balance-sheet date but prior to the issuance of
the financial statements are referred to as non-recognized
subsequent events. The disclosure requirements of ASC 855
were effective for interim and annual periods ending after
June 15, 2009. In February 2010, Accounting Standards
Update, or ASU,
2010-09,
Subsequent Events (Topic 855), Amendments to Certain
Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, was issued to
clarify disclosure requirements and align with SEC subsequent
event disclosure guidelines. We have adopted this new standard.
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification as the source of authoritative
accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by
nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial
statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. Use of the new codification was
effective for interim and annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. We have used the new codification in
reference to GAAP in this report.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable
Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues
Task Force. This guidance modifies the fair value
requirements of ASC subtopic
605-25,
Revenue Recognition-Multiple Element Arrangements, by
allowing the use of the best estimate of selling
price in addition to Vendor Objective Evidence (now
referred to as third-party evidence or TPE) for determining the
selling price of a deliverable. A vendor is now required to use
its best estimate of the selling price when Vendor Specific
Objective Evidence or TPE of the selling price cannot be
determined. In addition, the residual method of allocating
arrangement consideration is no longer permitted.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-14,
Software (ASC Topic 985), Certain Revenue Arrangements That
Include Software Elements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force. This guidance modifies the scope of ASC
subtopic
965-605,
Software-Revenue Recognition, to exclude from its
requirements (a) non-software components of tangible
products and (b) software components of tangible products
that are sold, licensed or leased
51
with tangible products when the software components and
non-software components of the tangible product function
together to deliver the tangible products essential
functionality.
ASU
No. 2009-13
and ASU
No. 2009-14
both require expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures
and are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
June 15, 2010. However, companies may elect to adopt the
updated requirements as early as interim periods ended
September 30, 2009. These updates may be applied either
prospectively from the beginning of the fiscal year for new or
materially modified arrangements or retrospectively. We are
currently evaluating the impact of adopting these updates.
52
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of on-demand supply chain management
solutions, providing integration, collaboration, connectivity,
visibility and data analytics to thousands of customers
worldwide. We provide our solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a
hosted software suite that improves the way suppliers,
retailers, distributors and other customers manage and fulfill
orders. Implementing and maintaining supply chain management
software is resource intensive and not a core competency for
most businesses. SPSCommerce.net uses pre-built integrations to
eliminate the need for on-premise software and support staff,
which enables our supplier customers to shorten supply cycle
times, optimize inventory levels, reduce costs and satisfy
retailer requirements. As of September 30, 2010, we had
over 12,100 customers with contracts to pay us monthly fees,
which we refer to as recurring revenue customers. We have also
generated revenues by providing supply chain management
solutions to an additional 26,000 organizations that, together
with our recurring revenue customers, we refer to as our
customers. Once connected to our platform, our customers often
require integrations to new organizations that represent an
expansion of our platform and new sources of revenues for us.
We deliver our solutions to our customers over the Internet
using a Software-as-a-Service model. This model enables our
customers to easily interact with their trading partners around
the world without the local implementation and servicing of
software that traditional on-premise solutions require. Our
delivery model also enables us to offer greater functionality,
integration and reliability with less cost and risk than
traditional solutions. Our platform features pre-built
integrations with 3,000 order management models across more than
1,500 retailers, grocers and distributors, as well as
integrations to over 100 accounting, warehouse management,
enterprise resource planning and packing and shipping
applications. Our delivery model leverages our existing
integrations across current and new customers. As a result, each
integration that we add to SPSCommerce.net makes our platform
more appealing to potential customers by increasing the number
of pre-built integrations we offer. Furthermore, integrating
trading partners to SPSCommerce.net can generate new sales leads
from the organizations with which we integrate our customers
because those organizations typically have other trading
partners who can benefit from our solutions. We systematically
pursue these sales leads to convert them into new customers.
For 2007, 2008, 2009, and the nine months ended
September 30, 2010, we generated revenues of
$25.2 million, $30.7 million, $37.7 million and
$32.7 million. Our fiscal quarter ended September 30,
2010 represented our 39th consecutive quarter of increased
revenues. Recurring revenues from recurring revenue customers
accounted for 83%, 84%, 80% and 83% of our total revenues for
2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30,
2010. No customer represented over 2% of our revenues for 2007,
2008, 2009 or the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
53
Our
Industry
Supply
Chain Management Industry Background
The supply chain management industry serves thousands of
retailers around the world supplied with goods from tens of
thousands of suppliers. Additional participants in this market
include distributors, third-party logistics providers,
manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers and
sourcing companies. Supply chain management involves
communicating data related to the exchange of goods among these
trading partners. At every stage of the supply chain there are
inefficient, labor-intensive processes between trading partners
with significant documentation requirements, such as the
counting, sorting and verifying of goods before shipment, while
in transit and upon delivery. Supply chain management solutions
must address trading partners needs for integration,
collaboration, connectivity, visibility and data analytics to
improve the speed, accuracy and efficiency with which goods are
ordered and supplied.
The pervasiveness of the Internet, along with the dramatic
declines in the pricing of computing technology and network
bandwidth, have enabled companies to adopt on-demand
applications at an increasing rate. As familiarity and
acceptance of on-demand solutions continues to accelerate, we
believe companies, both large and small, will continue to turn
to on-demand delivery methods similar to ours for their supply
chain integration needs, as opposed to traditional on-premise
software deployment. Our target market, supply chain integration
solutions delivered on a Software-as-a-Service platform, is one
of many which comprise the global Software-as-a-Service market.
International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimated in June 2010
that the global Software-as-a-Service market reached
$13.1 billion in 2009 and expects it to increase to
$40.5 billion in 2014, a compound annual growth rate of
25.3%.
The
Rule Books Integration Between Retailers and
Suppliers
Retailers impose specific work-flow rules and standards on their
trading partners for electronically communicating supply chain
information. These rule books include specific
business processes for suppliers to exchange data and
documentation requirements such as invoices, purchase orders and
advance shipping notices. Rule books can be hundreds of pages,
and retailers frequently have multiple rule books for
international requirements or specific fulfillment models.
Suppliers working with multiple retailers need to accommodate
different rule books for each retailer. These rule books are not
standardized between retailers, but vary based on a
retailers size, industry and technological capabilities.
The responsibility for creating information maps,
which are integration connections between the retailer and the
supplier that comply with the retailers rule books,
resides primarily with the supplier. The cost of noncompliance
can be refusal of delivered goods, fines and ultimately a
termination of the
54
suppliers relationship with the retailer. The complexity
of retailers requirements and consequences of
noncompliance create growing demand for specialized supply chain
management solutions.
Traditional
Supply Chain Management Solutions
Traditional supply chain management solutions range from
non-automated paper or fax solutions to electronic solutions
implemented using on-premise licensed software. On-premise
licensed software provides connectivity between only one
organization and its trading partners and typically requires
significant time and technical expertise to configure, deploy
and maintain. These software providers primarily link retailers
and suppliers through the Electronic Data Interchange protocol
that enables the structured electronic transmission of data
between organizations. Because of
set-up and
maintenance costs, technical complexity and a growing volume of
requirements from retailers, the traditional software model is
not well suited for many suppliers, especially those small and
medium in size.
Key
Trends in Supply Chain Management
A number of key trends are impacting the supply chain management
industry and increasing demand for supply chain management
solutions. These include:
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Retailer Service and Performance
Demands. Within the supply chain ecosystem, retailers
hold a significant strategic position relative to their trading
partners, particularly small- and medium-sized suppliers.
Retailers maintain the direct relationship with the consumer and
collect the retail price, within which the cost of manufacture
and distribution must be covered. Given this power dynamic,
retailers continuously demand enhanced levels of performance
from suppliers, including more frequent on-time delivery of
goods, increased availability of goods to manage inventory and
lower prices. We believe the recent economic downturn has
exacerbated these trends.
|
|
|
Globalization of the Supply Chain
Ecosystem. Globalization creates the need for
participants in the supply chain ecosystem to connect across
time zones with different languages and regulatory environments.
Retailers typically demand a
10-day
turnaround upon submitting a purchase order. However, growing
physical distances between the sources of materials,
manufacturers and retailers, as well as the complexities of
connecting with trading partners worldwide, increase the time a
supplier typically needs to obtain goods to 60 days from
receipt of a purchase order. This increased time pressure to
deliver goods requires that the various trading partners in the
supply chain communicate more efficiently than current solutions
typically offer.
|
|
|
Increasing Complexity of the Supply Chain
Ecosystem. Increasing cost pressures force many
suppliers, especially those of a small and medium size, to focus
on product development and business management. This
specialization drives organizations to outsource non-core
business functions, including fabrication, distribution and
transportation. Outsourcing these functions increases the number
of participants in the supply chain ecosystem. The increasing
complexity from these additional participants drives demand for
a more integrated approach allowing suppliers to communicate and
track a larger volume of information among a larger number of
trading partners than traditional solutions have supported.
|
|
|
Increasing Use of Outsourcing by Small- and Medium-Sized
Suppliers. The outsourcing of non-core business functions,
including by small- and medium-sized suppliers, has helped
participants in the supply chain ecosystem become more
comfortable utilizing outsourced service providers, including
for information technology services. Limited internal expertise
and constrained budgets also drive the need for suppliers to
rely on third-party service providers to manage the complexity
of their supply chain at an affordable cost.
|
Need for
Effective Analysis of Data for Intelligent Decision
Making
Integrating retailers and suppliers is a first step in
addressing the complexities in the supply chain ecosystem. As
the number and geographic dispersion of trading partners has
grown, so too has the volume of data produced by the
55
supply chain. As a result, trading partners want a solution to
effectively consolidate, distill and channel information to
managers and decision-makers who can use the information to
drive efficiency, revenue growth and profitability. The
abundance of data produced by these processes, including data
for fulfillment, sales and inventory levels, is often
inaccessible to trading partners for analysis. The data and
related analytics are essential for optimizing the inventory and
fulfillment process and will continue to drive demand for supply
chain management solutions.
Organizations are continuing to increase their demand for
gathering and analyzing data. For example, IDC estimated in
September 2010 that the worldwide business analytics software
market will grow from $24.3 billion in 2009 to
$34.0 billion in 2014 at a compound annual growth rate of
7.0%. This broader market is subcategorized by IDC into three
segments: performance management and analytic applications,
business intelligence and analytic tools, and data warehousing
platform software. The performance management and analytic
applications segment includes the supply chain analytic
applications market. We believe our target market of analytical
applications falls within both the business intelligence and
analytic tools
sub-segment,
which is expected to grow from $8.6 billion in 2009 to
$12.4 billion in 2014, at a compound annual growth rate of
7.5%, as well as the supply chain analytic applications market,
which is expected to grow from $1.6 billion in 2009 to
$2.1 billion in 2014 at a compound annual growth rate of
5.5%.
Software-as-a-Service
Solutions Provide Flexibility and Effective Management Across
the Supply Chain
A Software-as-a-Service model is well suited for providing
supply chain management solutions. On-demand solutions are able
to continue utilizing standard connectivity protocols, such as
Electronic Data Interchange, but also are able to support other
protocols, such as XML, as retailers require. These on-demand
solutions connect suppliers and retailers more efficiently than
traditional on-premise software solutions by leveraging the
integrations created for a single supplier across all
participating suppliers.
Trading partners are demanding better supply chain management
solutions than traditional on-premise software, which does not
efficiently integrate an organization to all of its trading
partners. Software-as-a-Service solutions allow an organization
to connect across the supply chain ecosystem, addressing
increased retailer demands, globalization and increased
complexity affecting the supply chain. Also,
Software-as-a-Service solutions can integrate supply chain
management applications with organizations existing
enterprise resource planning systems. The increased integration
with trading partners and into organizations business
systems increases the reliance of customers on the solutions
their Software-as-a-Service vendors provide. We believe
suppliers will increasingly turn to Software-as-a-Service
solutions for a simple, cost-effective solution to supply chain
management problems.
SPSCommerce.net:
Our Platform
We operate one of the largest trading partner integration
centers through SPSCommerce.net, a hosted software suite that
improves the way suppliers, retailers, distributors and other
trading partners manage and fulfill orders. More than 38,000
customers across more than 40 countries have used our platform
to enhance their trading relationships. SPSCommerce.net
fundamentally changes how organizations use electronic
communication to manage their supply chains by replacing the
collection of traditional, custom-built,
point-to-point
integrations with a
hub-and-spoke
model whereby a single integration to SPSCommerce.net allows an
organization to connect seamlessly to the entire SPSCommerce.net
network of trading partners.
56
SPSCommerce.net combines integrations that comply with 3,000
rule books for more than 1,500 retailers, grocers and
distributors, through a multi-tenant architecture and provides
ancillary support services that deliver a comprehensive set of
supply chain management solutions to customers. By maintaining
current integrations with retailers such as Wal-Mart, Target,
Macys and Safeway, SPSCommerce.net obviates the need for
suppliers to continually stay
up-to-date
with the rule book changes required by these large retailers.
Moreover, by leveraging an on-demand delivery model, we
eliminate or greatly reduce the burden on suppliers to support
and maintain an on-premise software application, thereby
reducing ongoing operating costs. As the communication hub for
trading partners, we provide seamless, cost-effective
integration and connectivity as well as increased visibility and
data analytics capabilities for retailers and suppliers across
their supply chains, each of which is difficult to gain from
traditional,
point-to-point
integration solutions.
Our platform places us at the center of the supply chain
ecosystem and benefits every member of the chain.
Supplier Benefits. SPSCommerce.net provides
suppliers, distributors, third-party logistics providers,
outsourced manufacturers, fulfillment and warehousing providers
and sourcing companies the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
More reliable and faster integration with retailers by
leveraging our expertise to comply with retailers rule
book requirements;
|
|
|
Reduced costs through improved efficiency and accuracy in the
order fulfillment process through on-demand communications with
trading partners around the world, reduced manual data entry and
access to support services such as our translation application;
|
|
|
Reduced deployment risk, simplified ongoing operations and lower
maintenance costs, each of which results from the ability of
SPSCommerce.net to provide a supplier with connectivity to its
trading partners without a significant upfront investment in
specialized software or ongoing investments in personnel to
maintain the software; and
|
|
|
Increased sales from enhanced supply chain visibility into
retailers inventory and
point-of-sale
information, which reduces
out-of-stock
situations and improves the effectiveness of promotional
activities.
|
Retailer Benefits. We enable buying organizations,
such as retailers, grocers and distributors, to establish more
comprehensive and advanced integrations with a broader set of
suppliers. Our platform also provides these buying organizations
the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
Reduced expenses through automation of the receipt of goods at
distribution centers, more effective reconciliation of
shipments, orders and payments, and reduced manual effort and
data entry;
|
|
|
Improved reliability of suppliers who are more likely to comply
with rule book requirements by leveraging our expertise
integrating trading partners;
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
Decreased cost and enhanced quality of inventory by more
efficiently tracking sales and inventory information and
communicating with suppliers; and
|
|
|
Growth of revenue by reducing the risk of failing to keep
products in stock and the associated reputational impact with
consumers.
|
Our platform delivers suppliers and retailers the following
solutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Trading Partner Integration. Our Trading Partner
Integration solution replaces or augments an organizations
existing trading partner electronic communication
infrastructure, enabling suppliers to comply with
retailers rule books and allowing for the electronic
exchange of information among numerous trading partners through
various protocols.
|
|
|
Trading Partner Enablement. Our Trading Partner
Enablement solution helps organizations, typically large
retailers, implement new integrations with trading partners to
drive automation and electronic communication across their
supply chains.
|
|
|
Trading Partner Intelligence. In 2009, we introduced
our Trading Partner Intelligence solution, which consists of six
data analytics applications and allows our supplier customers to
improve their visibility across, and analysis of, their supply
chains. Retailers improve their visibility into supplier
performance and their understanding of product sell-through.
|
|
|
Other Trading Partner Solutions. We provide a number
of peripheral solutions such as barcode labeling and our scan
and pack application, which helps trading partners process
information to streamline the picking and packaging process.
|
Our
Go-to-Market
Approach
As one of the largest on-demand supply chain management
solutions providers, the trading partner relationships that we
enable among our retailer, supplier and fulfillment customers
naturally lead to new customer acquisition opportunities.
Network
Effect of SPSCommerce.net
Once connected to our network, trading partners can exchange
electronic supply chain information with each other. Through our
platform, we helped over 38,000 customers to communicate
electronically with their trading partners. The value of our
platform increases with the number of trading partners connected
to the platform. The addition of each new customer to our
platform allows that new customer to communicate with our
existing customers and allows our existing customers to route
orders to the new customer. This network effect of
adding an additional customer to our platform creates a
significant opportunity for existing customers to realize
incremental sales by working with our new trading partners and
vice versa. As a result of this increased volume of activity
amongst our network participants, we earn additional revenues
from these participants.
Customer
Acquisition Sources
Trading Partner Enablement. When a retailer decides
to change the workflow or protocol by which it interacts with
its suppliers, the retailer may engage us to work with its
supplier base to communicate and test the change in procedure.
Performing these programs on behalf of retailers often generates
supplier sales leads for us, many of which may become recurring
revenue customers.
Referrals from Trading Partners. We also receive
sales leads from customers of SPSCommerce.net seeking to
communicate electronically with their trading partners. For
example, a supplier may refer to us its third-party logistics
provider or manufacturer which is not in our network. This viral
referral effect has helped us to add thousands of customers to
our platform every year and has proven to be a significant
source of sales lead generation.
58
This viral sales lead generation allows us to acquire new
customers at a lower cost than traditional marketing programs.
Typically, these new customers become recurring revenue
customers.
Channel Partners. In addition to the customer
acquisition sources identified above, we market our solutions
through channel partners. For example, we have contractual
relationships with a leading global logistics provider and
NetSuite, through whom we gain additional sales. In the case of
the leading global logistics provider, we private label our
applications, which are in turn sold as this companys
branded services. This company sells our applications through
their sales force at no cost to us. In our relationship with
NetSuite, we refer customers to one another to gain additional
revenue sources.
Our Sales
Force
We also sell our solutions through a direct sales force of over
75 people. Our sales force is organized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Retailer Sales. We employ a team of sales
professionals who focus on selling our Trading Partner
Enablement solution to retailers, grocers and distributors.
These sales professionals seek to establish relationships with
executive managers at existing and new retailers, through whom
we generate supplier sales leads. In addition to supplier sales
leads, a portion of these retailers purchase our solutions as
well, resulting in increased revenue generation.
|
|
|
Supplier Sales. We employ a team of supplier sales
representatives based in North America. We also maintain an
office in China with sales representatives and opened direct
sales offices in the United Kingdom and France in February 2010.
Our sales professionals primarily work over the phone to convert
sales leads into customers and then actively sell additional
solutions to those customers over time.
|
|
|
Business Development Efforts. Our business
development organization focuses on indirect sales channels.
This group establishes relationships with resellers, system
integrators, software providers and other partners. In the
future, we expect to forge additional indirect channel
partnerships to continue to grow this part of our business.
|
Other
Marketing Initiatives
We actively engage in sales lead generation and nurturing
programs through direct mail, email and telemarketing campaigns.
Our marketing programs include public relations, web seminars,
trade shows and industry conferences and an annual user
conference. We publish white papers relating to supply chain
issues and develop customer reference programs, such as customer
case studies. We also provide marketing support and referral
programs for channel partners.
Our
Growth Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading global provider of supply
chain management solutions. Key elements of our strategy include:
|
|
|
|
|
Further Penetrate Our Current Market. We believe the
global supply chain management market is under-penetrated and,
as the supply chain ecosystem becomes more complex and
geographically dispersed, the demand for supply chain management
solutions will increase, especially among small- and
medium-sized businesses. We intend to continue leveraging our
relationships with customers and their trading partners to
obtain new sales leads. We believe our leadership in providing
supply chain management solutions favorably positions us to
convert these sales leads into customers.
|
|
|
Increase Revenues from Our Customer Base. We believe
our overall customer satisfaction is strong and will lead our
customers to further utilize our current solutions as their
businesses grow, generating additional revenues for us. We also
expect to introduce new solutions to sell to our customers. We
believe our position as the incumbent supply chain management
solution provider to our customers, our integration into our
recurring
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
revenue customers business systems and the modular nature
of our platform are conducive to deploying additional solutions
with customers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expand Our Distribution Channels. We intend to grow
our business by expanding our network of direct sales
representatives to gain new customers. We also believe there are
valuable opportunities to promote and sell our solutions through
collaboration with other providers. For example, we currently
provide tracking, visibility and data analysis applications to a
leading global logistics provider. We believe there are
opportunities for us to leverage our relationship with this
company to identify sales leads that will continue to lead to
new customers. We integrated our applications with
NetSuites business software, which is another relationship
we expect will continue to provide us new sales leads.
|
|
|
Expand Our International Presence. We believe our
presence in China represents a significant competitive
advantage. We plan to increase our international sales efforts
to obtain new supplier customers around the world. As part of
this plan, we opened direct sales and support offices in the
United Kingdom and France in February 2010. In November 2010, we
formed a wholly-owned subsidiary organized under the laws of
Hong Kong. We intend to leverage our current international
presence to increase the number of integrations we have with
retailers in foreign markets to make our platform more valuable
to suppliers based overseas.
|
|
|
Enhance and Expand Our Platform. We intend to
further improve and develop the functionality and features of
our platform, including developing new solutions and
applications. For example, in 2009, we launched our Trading
Partner Intelligence solution, which delivers data analytics
applications to suppliers and retailers to improve performance.
We also introduced a scan and pack application in 2009 that
helps trading partners process information to streamline the
picking and packaging process.
|
|
|
Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. The
fragmented nature of our market provides opportunity for
selective acquisitions. To complement and accelerate our
internal growth, we may pursue acquisitions of other supply
chain management companies to add customers. We also may pursue
acquisitions that allow us to expand into regions or industries
where we do not have a significant presence or to offer new
functionalities we do not currently provide. We plan to evaluate
potential acquisitions of other supply chain management
companies primarily based on the number of customers the
acquisition would provide relative to the purchase price. We
plan to evaluate potential acquisitions to expand into new
regions or industries or offer additional functionalities
primarily based on the anticipated growth the acquisition would
provide, the purchase price and our ability to integrate and
operate the acquired business. We are not currently in
negotiations for any acquisitions.
|
Technology,
Development and Operations
Technology
We were an early provider of Software-as-a-Service solutions to
the supply chain management industry, launching the first
version of our platform in 1997. We use commercially available
hardware and a combination of proprietary and commercially
available software, including software from Oracle, Microsoft,
Sun and EMC, as well as open source software including Linux and
Apache.
The software we license from third parties is typically licensed
to us pursuant to a multi-year or perpetual license that
includes a multi-year support services agreement with the third
party. Our ability to access upgrades to certain software is
conditioned upon our continual maintenance of a support services
agreement with the third party between the date of the initial
license and the date on which we seek or are required to upgrade
the software. Although we believe we could replace the software
we currently license from third parties with alternative
software, doing so could take time, could result in the
temporary unavailability of our platform and increase our costs
of operations.
Our scalable, on-demand platform treats all customers as
logically separate tenants in central applications and
databases. As a result, we spread the cost of delivering our
solutions across our customer base. Because we do not manage
thousands of distinct applications with their own business logic
and database schemes, we believe that we
60
can scale our business faster than traditional software vendors,
even those that modified their products to be accessible over
the Internet.
Development
Our research and development efforts focus on improving and
enhancing our existing solutions, as well as developing new
solutions and applications. Because of our multi-tenant
architecture, we provide our customers with a single version of
our platform, which we believe allows us to maintain relatively
low research and development expenses compared to traditional
on-premise licensed software solutions that support multiple
versions.
Operations
We serve our customers from two third-party data centers located
in Minneapolis and Saint Paul, Minnesota. These facilities
provide security measures, environmental controls and
sophisticated fire systems. Additionally, redundant electrical
generators and environmental control devices are required to
keep servers running. We operate all of the hardware on which
our applications run in the data centers.
We continuously monitor the performance of our platform. We have
a site operations team that provides system management,
maintenance, monitoring and
back-up. We
have monitoring software that continually checks our platform
and key underlying components at regular intervals for
availability and performance, ensuring our platform is available
and providing adequate response.
To facilitate loss recovery, we operate a multi-tiered system
configuration with load-balanced web server pools, replicated
database servers and fault-tolerant storage devices. Databases
leverage third-party features for real-time replication across
sites. This is designed to ensure near real-time data recovery
in the event of a malfunction with a primary database or server.
Our
Customers
As of September 30, 2010, we had over 12,100 recurring
revenue customers and over 38,000 total customers. Our primary
source of revenue is from small- to mid-sized suppliers in the
consumer packaged goods industry. We also generate revenues from
other members of the supply chain ecosystem, including
retailers, grocers, distributors, third-party logistics
providers and other trading partners. No customer represented
over 2% of our revenues in 2007, 2008, 2009 or the nine months
ended September 30, 2010.
Competition
Vendors in the supply chain management industry offer solutions
through three delivery methods: on-demand, traditional
on-premise software and managed services.
The market for on-demand supply chain management solutions is
fragmented and rapidly evolving. Software-as-a-Service vendors
compete directly with each other based on the following:
|
|
|
|
|
breadth of pre-built connections to retailers, third-party
logistics providers and other trading partners;
|
|
|
history of establishing and maintaining reliable integration
connections with trading partners;
|
|
|
reputation of the Software-as-a-Service vendor in the supply
chain management industry;
|
|
|
price;
|
|
|
specialization in a customer market segment;
|
|
|
speed and quality with which the Software-as-a-Service vendor
can integrate its customers to their trading partners;
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
functionality of the Software-as-a-Service solution, such as the
ability to integrate the solution with a customers
business systems;
|
|
|
breadth of complementary supply chain management solutions the
Software-as-a-Service vendor offers; and
|
|
|
training and customer support services provided during and after
a customers initial integration.
|
We expect to encounter new and increased competition as this
market segment consolidates and matures. Consolidation among
Software-as-a-Service vendors could create a direct competitor
that is able to compete with us more effectively than the
numerous, smaller vendors currently offering
Software-as-a-Service supply chain management solutions.
Increased competition from Software-as-a-Service vendors could
reduce our market share, revenues and operating margins or
otherwise adversely affect our business.
Software-as-a-Service vendors also compete with traditional
on-premise software companies and managed service providers.
Traditional on-premise software companies focused on supply
chain integration management include Sterling Commerce, a
subsidiary of IBM, GXS Corporation, Extol International and
Seeburger. These companies offer a do-it-yourself
approach in which customers purchase, install and manage
specialized software, hardware and value-added networks for
their supply chain integration needs. This approach requires
customers to invest in staff to operate and maintain the
software. Traditional on-premise software companies use a
single-tenant approach in which information maps to retailers
are built for and used by one supplier, as compared to
Software-as-a-Service solutions that allow multiple customers to
share information maps with a retailer.
Managed service providers focused on the supply chain management
market include Sterling Commerce and GXS. These companies
combine traditional on-premise software, hardware and
value-added networks with professional information technology
services to manage these resources. Like traditional on-premise
software companies, managed service providers use a
single-tenant approach.
Customers of traditional on-premise software companies and
managed service providers typically make significant upfront
investments in the supply chain management solutions these
competitors provide, which can decrease the customers
willingness to abandon their investments in favor of a
Software-as-a-Service solution. Software-as-a-Service supply
chain management solutions also are at a relatively early stage
of development compared to traditional on-premise software and
managed service providers. Software-as-a-Service vendors compete
with these better established solutions based on total cost of
ownership and flexibility. If suppliers do not perceive the
benefits of Software-as-a-Service solutions, or if suppliers are
unwilling to abandon their investments in other supply chain
management solutions, our business and growth may suffer. In
addition, many traditional on-premise software companies and
managed service providers have larger customer bases and may be
better capitalized than we are, which may provide them with an
advantage in developing, marketing or servicing solutions that
compete with ours.
Intellectual
Property and Proprietary Content
We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade
secret laws in the United States as well as confidentiality
procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary
technology and our brand. We enter into confidentiality and
proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants
and other third parties and control access to software,
documentation and other proprietary information. We registered
the marks SPSCommerce.net and SPS Commerce in the United States.
We do not have any patents or applications for patents. Our
trade secrets consist primarily of the software we have
developed for our SPSCommerce.net integration center. Our
software is also protected under copyright law, but we do not
have any registered copyrights.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.
From time to time, we have been named as a
62
defendant in legal actions arising from our normal business
activities, none of which has had a material effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition. We
believe that we have obtained adequate insurance coverage or
rights to indemnification in connection with potential legal
proceedings that may arise.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters, including our principal
administrative, marketing, sales, technical support and research
and development facilities, are located in Minneapolis, where we
lease approximately 55,400 square feet under an agreement
that expires on October 31, 2012.
We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate
to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional or
substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate
expansion of our operations.
Employees
As of September 30, 2010, we had 337 employees. We
also employ independent contractors to support our operations.
We believe that our continued success will depend on our ability
to continue to attract and retain skilled technical and sales
personnel. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our
employees are represented by a labor union. We believe our
relationship with our employees is good.
63
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information concerning our
directors and executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Operations
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Business Development
|
Steve A. Cobb
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Director
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Director
|
Philip E. Soran
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Director
|
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Executive
Officers
Archie C. Black joined us in 1998 as our Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer and served in those
capacities until becoming our President and Chief Executive
Officer and a director in 2001. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Black was a Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer at Investment Advisors, Inc. in Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Prior to Investment Advisors, he spent three years at Price
Waterhouse.
We believe Mr. Black is qualified to serve on our board of
directors because of his extensive management, financial, and
operational experience and his experience with our company.
Kimberly K. Nelson has served as our Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2007.
Prior to joining us, Ms. Nelson served as the Finance
Director, Investor Relations for Amazon.com from June 2005
through November 2007. From April 2003 until June 2005, she
served as the Finance Director, Worldwide Application for
Amazon.coms Technology group. Ms. Nelson also served
as Amazon.coms Finance Director, Financial Planning and
Analysis from December 2000 until April 2003.
James J. Frome has served as our Executive Vice President
and Chief Strategy Officer since March 2001. Mr. Frome
served as our Vice President of Marketing from July 2000 to
March 2001. Prior to joining us, he served as a Divisional Vice
President of marketing at Sterling Software, Inc. from 1999 to
2000. Prior to joining Sterling Software, he served as a Senior
Product Manager and Director of Product Management at
Information Advantage, Inc. from 1993 to 1999.
Michael J. Gray has served as our Executive Vice
President of Operations since November 2008. Prior to joining
us, Mr. Gray served as Chief Technology Officer at IDeaS
Revenue Optimization from October 2007 to November 2008. From
2001 to October 2007, Mr. Gray served as Senior Director of
Technology at Thomson Corporation (formerly West Publishing).
Mr. Gray also served in various leadership and technical
position at Thomson Corporation prior to his promotion to Senior
Director of Technology.
David J. Novak, Jr. has served as our Executive Vice
President of Business Development since 2007. Prior to
64
joining us, he served as Vice President of Sales, North
America-Business Intelligence for Oracle Corporation from
January 2006 to June 2007. Prior to Oracles acquisition of
Siebel Systems, Inc. in 2006, he served as Regional Vice
President of Sales Western U.S. and Asia
Pacific for Siebel Systems business intelligence division
starting in 2001.
Board of
Directors
Steve A. Cobb was elected to our board of directors in
December 2006. He is currently a Managing Director of CID
Capital where he has served since 2001. Prior to joining CID
Capital, he was a finance manager with
Procter & Gamble.
Mr. Cobbs qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include, among other skills and qualifications, his
financial capabilities due to his expertise in the private
equity field and his general business experience due to his
board service on other companies. As chairman of the nominating
and governance committee, Mr. Cobb also keeps the board
abreast of current issues and collaborates with our senior
management team.
Michael B. Gorman has served as a member of our board of
directors since March 1998. Mr. Gorman is a Managing
Director of Split Rock Partners, a venture capital firm which he
co-founded in June 2004. From 1995 until June 2004,
Mr. Gorman was a General Partner at St. Paul Venture
Capital, a venture capital firm, where he focused on early-stage
investing in software and Internet services companies.
Mr. Gormans prior work experience includes serving as
a management consultant with Bain & Company, where he
assisted clients in the development and execution of corporate
strategies.
Mr. Gormans qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include, among other skills and qualifications, his
extensive experience with venture capital companies, including
his focus on software and internet services companies, and his
general business knowledge.
Martin J. Leestma has served on our board of directors
since March 2006. He served as the President, Chief Executive
Officer, and was a member of the board of directors for Retek
Information Systems from 2003 to 2005, during which time Retek
was a publicly-traded company. Prior to joining Retek, he was
Global Managing Partner of Retail Technology at Accenture from
1996 to 1999 and Managing Partner of North American Consumer
Goods & Services from 1999 to 2002. He became Global
Industry Managing Partner Retail &
CG&S industries in 2002 and served in this role until his
departure in 2003. Since 2005, he has served as an independent
business consultant.
Mr. Leestmas qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include, among other skills and qualifications his
general business experience due to his work as an independent
business consultant and his experience with public companies as
the chief executive officer of Retek Information Systems, a
software company, from 2003 to 2005.
Philip E. Soran has served on our board of directors
since July 2010. He is currently the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Compellent Technologies, Inc., which he
co-founded in March 2002. From July 1995 to August 2001,
Mr. Soran served as President, Chief Executive Officer and
member of the board of directors of Xiotech, which
Mr. Soran co-founded in July 1995. Xiotech was acquired by
Seagate in January 2000. From October 1993 to April 1995,
Mr. Soran served as Executive Vice President of Prodea
Software Corporation, a data warehousing software company.
Mr. Soran also held a variety of management, sales,
marketing and technical positions with IBM. Mr. Soran also
served on the board of directors of Stellent, Inc. from April
2003 until its acquisition by Oracle Corporation in December
2006.
Mr. Sorans qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include, among other skills and qualifications, his
experience as a chief executive officer of a publicly-traded
company, his experience in founding and building
65
technology companies as well as his corporate vision and
operational knowledge, which provide strategic guidance to the
board.
George H. Spencer, III has served on our board of
directors since February 2000. He is Senior Managing Director at
Seyen Capital, which he co-founded in October 2006, and serves
as a Senior Consultant to Adams Street Partners, LLC, which he
co-founded and where he served as a Partner from 1999 to October
2006.
Mr. Spencers qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include, among other skills and qualifications, his
extensive experience in the venture capital industry and general
business experience due to his board service on other companies.
As chairman of the compensation committee, Mr. Spencer also
keeps the board abreast of current issues and collaborates with
our senior management team.
Sven A. Wehrwein has served on our board of directors
since July 2008. He has been an independent financial consultant
to emerging companies since 1999. He has more than 30 years
of experience as an investment banker, chief financial officer
and certified public accountant. He currently serves on the
board of directors of Compellent Technologies, Inc., Image
Sensing Systems, Inc., Synovis Life Technologies, Inc.,
Uroplasty, Inc. and Vital Images, Inc., all of which are
publicly-traded companies. In 2005 and 2006, Mr. Wehrwein
served as a director of six mutual funds in the Van Wagoner
group.
Mr. Wehrweins qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include, among other skills and qualifications, his
capabilities in financial understanding, strategic planning, and
auditing expertise, given his experiences in investment banking
and in financial leadership positions. As chairman of the audit
committee, Mr. Wehrwein also keeps the board abreast of
current audit issues and collaborates with our independent
auditors and senior management team.
Messrs. Cobb, Gorman, Spencer and Black were elected to our
board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement entered into
in connection with the sale of our Series C convertible
preferred stock in 2007. The voting agreement provided that the
parties thereto will vote for nominees of the venture capital
funds with which Messrs. Cobb, Gorman and Spencer are
affiliated for so long as the applicable fund and its affiliates
own a specified percentage of our capital stock. The voting
agreement also provided that our chief executive officer will be
elected to serve as a director. This voting agreement terminated
upon the closing of our initial public offering in April 2010.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors.
Our board of directors has determined that six of our seven
directors are independent directors, as defined under the
applicable rules of the Nasdaq stock market. The independent
directors are Messrs. Cobb, Gorman, Leestma, Soran, Spencer
and Wehrwein.
In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, our board
of directors is divided into three classes with staggered
three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of
stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then
expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and
qualification until the third annual meeting following election.
Our directors are divided among the three classes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The Class I directors are Messrs. Gorman and Soran and
their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to
be held in 2011;
|
|
|
The Class II directors are Messrs. Black and Spencer
and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2012; and
|
|
|
The Class III directors are Messrs. Cobb, Leestma and
Wehrwein and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2013.
|
66
Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the
number of directors will be distributed among the three classes
so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of
one-third of the directors.
The division of our board of directors into three classes with
staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our
management or a change in control.
There is no family relationship between any director, executive
officer or person nominated to become a director or executive
officer.
Board
Committees
The board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and governance
committee. Each of our committees has a charter and each charter
is posted on our website.
The following sets forth the membership of each of our
committees.
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Committee
|
|
Nominating and Governance Committee
|
|
Compensation Committee
|
|
Sven A. Wehrwein, Chairperson
Martin J. Leestma
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
Steve A. Cobb, Chairperson
Michael B. Gorman
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
George H. Spencer, III, Chairperson
Martin J. Leestma
Philip E. Soran
|
Audit
Committee
Among other matters, our audit committee:
|
|
|
|
|
evaluates the qualifications, performance and independence of
our independent auditor and reviews and approves both audit and
nonaudit services to be provided by the independent auditor;
|
|
|
discusses with management and our independent auditors any major
issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls, any actions
to be taken in light of significant or material control
deficiencies and the adequacy of disclosures about changes in
internal control over financial reporting;
|
|
|
establishes procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment
of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls
or auditing matters, including the confidential, anonymous
submission by employees of concerns regarding accounting or
auditing matters;
|
|
|
administers our investment and cash management policies; and
|
|
|
prepares the audit committee report that SEC rules require to be
included in our annual proxy statement and annual report on
Form 10-K.
|
Each of the members of our audit committee meets the
requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules
and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq stock market. Our
board of directors has determined that Mr. Wehrwein is an
audit committee financial expert, as defined under the
applicable rules of the SEC. Each member of our audit committee
satisfies the Nasdaq stock market independence standards and the
independence standards of
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
of the Securities Exchange Act.
Nominating
and Governance Committee
Our nominating and governance committee identifies individuals
qualified to become members of the board of directors,
recommends individuals to the board for nomination as members of
the board and board committees, reviews the compensation paid to
our non-employee directors and recommends any adjustments in
director compensation and oversees the evaluation of our board
of directors.
67
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee reviews and approves on an annual
basis the goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive
Officers compensation and annually reviews the evaluation
of the performance of our executive officers and approves our
executive officers annual compensation. Our compensation
committee also administers the issuance of stock options and
other awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
Code of
Conduct
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics relating
to the conduct of our business by our employees, officers and
directors, which is posted on our website.
Director
Compensation
In 2009, we did not provide any compensation to our non-employee
directors other than to reduce the exercise price of an option
to purchase 20,025 shares of common stock granted to Sven
A. Wehrwein in July 2008 from $4.72 per share to $3.03 per
share, which was the fair market value of our common stock on
the date of the amendment.
We reimburse our directors for
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and
committee meetings.
The table below sets forth the compensation provided to our
directors during 2009. Mr. Blacks compensation is set
forth under Summary Compensation Table
because he served as our President and Chief Executive Officer
during that year. Mr. Black did not receive any separate
compensation for his service as a director.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards(1)
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Steve A. Cobb
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
|
7,110
|
|
|
|
7,110
|
|
Murray R. Wilson(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects the incremental fair value related to an amendment to
the terms of an option to purchase 20,025 shares of common
stock held by Mr. Wehrwein. The amendment decreased the
options exercise price from $4.72 per share to $3.03 per
share, which was the fair market value of our common stock on
the date of the amendment. The incremental fair value related to
the amendment is calculated as of the date of the amendment in
accordance with ASC 718 (excluding estimates of
forfeitures) and is determined based on the assumptions in
Note G to our financial statements in this prospectus. None
of our directors held any unvested options at December 31,
2009, except for Mr. Wehrwein, who held 12,933 unvested
options and Mr. Leestma, who held 1,252 unvested options. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Wilson resigned from our Board of Directors, and the
Board of Directors elected Philip E. Soran to the Board of
Directors, on July 19, 2010. |
Our director compensation policy provides that each non-employee
director will receive an initial stock option grant to purchase
up to 16,020 shares of our common stock upon appointment to
the board. Each grant will vest in equal monthly installments
over three years for so long as the director remains a member of
the board. With respect to our non-employee directors at the
time of the closing of our initial public offering other than
Mr. Wehrwein, each received a stock option grant to
purchase up to 16,020 shares of our common stock upon
consummation of our initial
68
public offering, with each grant vesting on the schedule
described above. Mr. Wehrwein received an award to purchase
up to 4,755 shares of our common stock upon the
consummation of our initial public offering, which gave him
unvested options to purchase up to 16,020 shares at that
time.
Our director compensation policy also provides that each
non-employee director will receive an annual stock option grant
to purchase up to 5,340 shares of our common stock on the
date of each annual meeting of stockholders at which the
director is elected to the board or continues to serve as a
director. The awards will vest in full on the earlier of one
year after the date of grant or the date of the next years
annual meeting of stockholders, provided the recipient remains a
member of the board as of the vesting date. All stock options
granted under the policy have an exercise price equal to the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant in
accordance with our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
Non-employee directors receive cash fees in addition to the
equity awards described above. Each non-employee director
receives an annual retainer of $20,000. In addition, the chair
of each committee receives an annual fee as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Committee Chair
|
|
Annual Cash Fee
|
|
Audit
|
|
$
|
11,000
|
|
Compensation
|
|
$
|
8,000
|
|
Nominating and Governance
|
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
Each committee member, other than the chair, receives an annual
fee as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Chair Committee Members
|
|
Annual Cash Fee
|
|
Audit
|
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
Compensation
|
|
$
|
4,000
|
|
Nominating and Governance
|
|
$
|
2,000
|
|
The chairman of our board of directors receives an additional
annual fee of $12,500.
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation
arrangements of our named executive officers for 2009. Our named
executive officers for 2009 were Archie C. Black, our President
and Chief Executive Officer, Kimberly K. Nelson, our Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, James J. Frome, our
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, Michael J.
Gray, our Executive Vice President of Operations, and David J.
Novak, Jr., our Executive Vice President of Business
Development.
Compensation
Objectives and Process
We have designed the compensation arrangements for our named
executive officers to provide compensation in overall amounts
and in forms that attract and retain talented and experienced
individuals and motivate executives to achieve the goals that
are important to our growth. We typically provide compensation
to our named executive officers through a combination of base
salary, bonuses and equity awards. During 2009, our compensation
primarily consisted of salary and annual cash incentive awards.
We also have granted our named executive officers stock options
from time to time as part of our overall compensation package to
align incentives with the interests of our stockholders. As
further described below, in 2009 we amended the terms of certain
stock options previously granted to Ms. Nelson and
Mr. Frome as a means of providing them additional
compensation. We also granted a stock option to Mr. Gray in
early 2009 in connection with his hiring in November 2008.
69
Historically, our compensation committee has established all
elements of compensation for all of our named executive
officers. Prior to our initial public offering, our compensation
committee had never engaged a compensation consultant. Our
compensation committee engaged Compensia, Inc., a compensation
consultant, in connection with our initial public offering to
help evaluate our compensation philosophy and provide guidance
in administering our compensation program. Now that we are a
publicly-traded company, our compensation committee will
determine executive compensation, at least in part, by reference
to the compensation information for the executives of a peer
group of comparable companies. In January 2010, our compensation
committee increased the base salaries of our named executive
officers based in part on a comparison of their compensation
relative to compensation paid by a peer group of companies
outlined in a report prepared by Compensia. Despite these
increases, our named executive officers remain at the low end of
compensation for this peer group. Our compensation committee
intends to annually reevaluate our named executive
officers compensation and to incrementally move their
compensation closer to the median compensation paid to
comparable executives at comparable companies.
Base
Salary
Base salaries are used to recognize the experience, skills,
knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees,
including our named executive officers. Base salaries for each
of our named executive officers are initially established based
on arms-length negotiations between us and the executive.
The compensation committee reviews our named executive
officers salaries annually at the beginning of each year.
When negotiating or reviewing base salaries, the compensation
committee considers market competitiveness based on their market
experience, the executives expected future contribution to
our success and the relative salaries and responsibilities of
our other executives. For 2009, each named executive officer
received a salary increase of 2% compared to 2008. In January
2010, our named executive officers received salary increases
ranging from 5% to 9% compared to 2009.
Bonuses
We provide our named executive officers an opportunity to
receive two types of bonuses: a formula-based bonus and a
discretionary bonus. The formula-based bonus is intended to
motivate our executives to achieve specific financial goals that
reflect the growth and success of our business. The
discretionary bonus is designed to motivate our executive team
to achieve goals that contribute to our growth and success but
are not necessarily measurable by our results of operations.
Formula-Based Bonuses. The formula-based bonus is
based on a target bonus for each named executive officer
established by the compensation committee at the beginning of
each year. The compensation committee establishes the target
based on an amount it believes is necessary to provide a
competitive overall compensation package in light of each named
executive officers base salary and to motivate our
executives to achieve an aggressive level of growth. The amount
of the formula-based bonus, if any, actually paid to executives
after the end of each year is determined by a matrix that takes
into account our revenues and earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation, or
Adjusted EBITDA. The formula-based bonus is based in part on
revenues because, given the scalability of our current core
business, the compensation committee believes our financial
results are driven most significantly by the revenues we
generate. The compensation committee also believes formula-based
bonuses should be based in part on Adjusted EBITDA because
Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure of our operating performance.
The matrix provides that each executive will receive a
percentage of his or her target bonus, between 0% and 145%,
based on our revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for the year. For
example, for our executives to earn their target bonuses for
2009, we needed to generate revenues of approximately
$34.3 million and Adjusted EBITDA of approximately
$3.4 million. If we failed to have either revenues of
approximately $33.1 million or Adjusted EBITDA of
approximately $2.5 million, our named executive officers
would not have received a formula-based
70
bonus for the year. The percentage of the target bonus earned
between the minimum and the maximum varies in
five-percentage-point increments based on revenues and Adjusted
EBITDA for the year relative to increments established for each
metric in the matrix. The effect of acquisitions, if any, during
the year are excluded for purposes of determining the revenues
and Adjusted EBITDA for the year as applied to the matrix. The
compensation committee establishes the intervals for the matrix
with the intent that achieving 100% of an executives
target bonus will be a difficult but achievable goal in light of
the prior years results of operations and anticipated
growth for the year at the time the matrix is created. For 2009,
our revenues and Adjusted EBITDA resulted in the maximum
formula-based bonus being paid to our named executive officers.
Discretionary Bonuses. At the beginning of each
year, the compensation committee also establishes a target
discretionary bonus for each named executive officer that it may
pay to the executive at the end of the year in the compensation
committees discretion. The compensation committee
establishes the target amount for each executive in an amount
the committee believes is appropriate to incentivize our
executives to strive to exceed performance expectations and
pursue activities that will not necessarily increase the
calculations of revenues or Adjusted EBITDA applied to the
formula-based bonus matrix.
For 2009, the target discretionary bonus for each named
executive officer was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Black $29,728
|
|
|
Ms. Nelson $23,625
|
|
|
Mr. Frome $24,800
|
|
|
Mr. Gray $15,000
|
|
|
Mr. Novak $23,625
|
The amount actually paid to each named executive officer is
based on the compensation committees subjective evaluation
of our executive teams achievement during the year. Our
compensation committee does not have any predetermined criteria
or goals that they are required to consider in connection with
payment of the discretionary bonus. For 2009, in determining
whether to pay a discretionary bonus, the compensation
committee, in January 2010, discussed our companys
performance and our executive officers performance in the
areas of general leadership, pursuit of strategic initiatives
and overall performance relative to expectations. The
compensation committee has historically evaluated achievement
for our executive team as a group and has granted each named
executive officer an award based on a percentage of the target
discretionary bonus that is the same for all named executive
officers. The compensation committee determines the amount of
the discretionary bonus actually paid to each member of our
executive team independent of the formula-based bonus earned
after considering the criteria described above. For 2009, the
compensation committee awarded each named executive officer 100%
of the executives target discretionary bonus.
Equity
Awards
Historically, we have granted our named executive officers stock
options in connection with our hiring of the executive. When
determining the size of the award, the compensation committee
considers the executives title and responsibilities, the
equity position of our other executives and the anticipated
future contribution the executive will make to our success. We
believe stock options are an important element of compensation
because they provide our executives a potential ownership
interest in our company, which helps align executives
interests with those of other stockholders. We believe stock
options further align the interest of our executives and
stockholders because executives profit from stock options only
if our stock price increases relative to the options
exercise price. We believe options also help retain our
executives because the awards vest over several years, and
vesting depends on the executives continued employment
with us. The typical vesting provisions for stock option grants
made to our executives provide that one-quarter of the options
vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, with the
remaining shares vesting in 36 successive equal monthly
installments thereafter upon completion of each additional month
of
71
service. In February 2009, we granted Mr. Gray an option to
purchase 80,100 shares of our common stock with a per share
exercise price of $3.45 in connection with his hiring in
November 2008. As described below, we subsequently amended this
option to lower the per share exercise price to $2.43.
We do not have a formal policy for making additional option
grants after we hire an executive and we have not historically
made annual or other periodic option grants to our executives.
We anticipate that equity compensation, whether in the form of
restricted stock, stock options, restricted stock units, or
other stock-based awards, will become a more significant part of
our executive compensation. We also expect to make more regular
equity grants to our executives.
Our policy is to grant stock options with an exercise price
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of grant. As a private company during 2009, the fair market
value of our common stock was determined by our audit committee.
Throughout the first quarter of 2009, the fair value of our
common stock declined significantly in connection with the
general economic downturn at that time. On April 1, 2009,
our compensation committee amended the terms of stock options
granted to three employees, including Mr. Gray, on
February 10, 2009. The amendment lowered the exercise price
for all shares subject to the option awards from $3.45 per share
to $2.43 per share, which was the fair value of our common stock
on the date of the amendment, and did not affect the vesting
provisions or number of shares subject to any award. Our
compensation committee believed that the exercise price of the
options should be amended to account for the extraordinary
market turmoil that occurred in the short time since the grant
date, which caused the options granted on February 10 to be
significantly underwater without regard to the performance of
the award recipients.
In July 2009, we amended the terms of certain stock options
granted to 17 employees and one director, including
Mr. Frome and Ms. Nelson, to reduce the exercise price
for all of the shares subject to each option to $3.03 per share,
which was the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of the amendment. The amendments did not affect the vesting
provisions or the number of shares subject to any of the option
awards. Ms. Nelsons amended option award was
originally granted in November 2007 when we hired her and had an
exercise price of $3.71 per share. Two of Mr. Fromes
option awards were amended; one was granted in October 2001 and
one was granted in July 2002, and each had an exercise price of
$7.49 per share. During 2008 and first half of 2009, the fair
market value of our common stock as determined by our audit
committee declined in connection with the general economic
downturn as the comparable companies utilized in the valuation
determination had a decrease in their stock prices. Our
compensation committee, however, believed that Ms. Nelson
and Mr. Frome performed well during that time. The
compensation committee therefore reduced the exercise prices of
Ms. Nelsons and Mr. Fromes stock options
to our then fair market value as determined by our audit
committee to provide them additional compensation without
requiring our company to use any cash to compensate them for
their strong contributions in a difficult economic environment.
The compensation committee did not amend any of the outstanding
option awards held by Messrs. Black, Gray or Novak because
all of their outstanding options had exercise prices less than
the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the
amendments.
Other
Compensation
Perquisites are not a material aspect of our executive
compensation plan. All of our full-time employees, including our
named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our
401(k) plan. Pursuant to our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to
reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily
prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of this reduction
contributed to our 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) plan provides that we
will match eligible employees 401(k) contributions equal
to 25% of the employees elective deferrals, up to an
amount not to exceed 6% of the employees compensation.
72
We entered into agreements with our named executive officers
that provide for payments to them under certain circumstances
involving a termination of their employment with us or upon a
change in control of our company. These agreements are described
in more detail below under Potential Payments
Upon Termination or Change in Control.
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the
compensation earned during 2009 by our named executive officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
276,000
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,579
|
|
|
|
2,827
|
|
|
|
409,134
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
23,625
|
|
|
|
22,550
|
(2)
|
|
|
79,931
|
|
|
|
3,110
|
|
|
|
344,216
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
24,800
|
|
|
|
28,431
|
(2)
|
|
|
83,908
|
|
|
|
3,123
|
|
|
|
355,262
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
184,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
113,790
|
(3)
|
|
|
50,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
363,540
|
|
Executive Vice President of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
23,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79,931
|
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
|
320,301
|
|
Executive Vice President of Business Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents matching 401(k) contributions. |
|
(2) |
|
Reflects the incremental fair value related to an amendment to
the terms of an option granted to the named executive officer
prior to 2009. See Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Equity Awards. The incremental fair
value is calculated as of the date of the amendment in
accordance with ASC 718 (excluding estimates of
forfeitures) and is determined based on the assumptions in
Note G to the financial statements in this prospectus. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the grant date fair value of an award granted to
Mr. Gray on February 10, 2009 computed in accordance
with ASC 718 (excluding estimates of forfeitures) and the
incremental fair value related to an amendment to that award on
April 1, 2009, in each case based on the assumptions in
Note G to the financial statements in this prospectus. |
73
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers in
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
|
|
Securities
|
|
Base Price
|
|
of Stock
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plans
|
|
Underlying
|
|
of Option
|
|
and Option
|
|
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Options
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
($)
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
38,151
|
|
|
|
99,093
|
|
|
|
130,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
30,319
|
|
|
|
78,750
|
|
|
|
103,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,500
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.03
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
James J. Frome
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
31,827
|
|
|
|
82,668
|
|
|
|
108,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,477
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.03
|
|
|
|
28,431
|
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
19,250
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
65,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,100
|
(2)
|
|
|
3.45
|
|
|
|
103,620
|
|
|
|
April 1, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,100
|
(2)
|
|
|
2.43
|
|
|
|
10,170
|
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
January 30, 2009
|
|
|
30,319
|
|
|
|
78,750
|
|
|
|
103,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents amendments to the per share exercise price of stock
options granted to the named executive officer prior to 2009.
See Compensation Discussion and Analysis. |
|
(2) |
|
The April 1, 2009 grant to Mr. Gray represents an
amendment to the per share exercise price of stock options
granted to him on February 10, 2009. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis. |
74
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
equity awards granted to our named executive officers
outstanding as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
Price ($/Sh)
|
|
Option Expiration Date
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
43,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
October 5, 2011(1)
|
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
June 30, 2012(2)
|
|
|
|
97,390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
November 12, 2013(3)
|
|
|
|
43,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
June 30, 2014(4)
|
|
|
|
38,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
December 31, 2014(5)
|
|
|
|
108,118
|
|
|
|
9,834
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
March 31, 2016(6)
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
66,750
|
|
|
|
66,750
|
|
|
|
3.03
|
|
|
November 27, 2017(7)
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
224.72
|
|
|
July 5, 2010(8)
|
|
|
|
33,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.03
|
|
|
October 5, 2011(9)
|
|
|
|
4,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.03
|
|
|
June 30, 2012(2)
|
|
|
|
141,510
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
August 17, 2013(10)
|
|
|
|
33,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
June 30, 2014(11)
|
|
|
|
6,111
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
March 31, 2016(12)
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,100
|
|
|
|
2.43
|
|
|
March 31, 2019(13)
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
80,848
|
|
|
|
52,651
|
|
|
|
2.92
|
|
|
June 30, 2017(14)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on
May 26, 2002, with the remaining shares vesting in 36 equal
monthly installments thereafter beginning June 26, 2002 and
continuing to and including May 26, 2005. |
|
(2) |
|
This option vested in full on July 25, 2002. |
|
(3) |
|
This option vested as to 30,434 shares on August 18,
2003, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 2,028 shares thereafter beginning
September 1, 2003. |
|
(4) |
|
This option vested as to 23,504 shares on July 1,
2004, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 903 shares thereafter beginning
August 1, 2004. |
|
(5) |
|
This option vested as to 25,025 shares on December 24,
2005, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 2,275 shares thereafter beginning
January 1, 2006 for each additional month of service. |
|
(6) |
|
This option vested as to 29,488 shares on April 1,
2007, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 2,457 shares thereafter beginning
May 1, 2007 for each additional month of service. |
|
(7) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on
December 1, 2008, with the remaining shares vesting in 36
equal monthly installments on the first day of each month
thereafter beginning January 1, 2009 for each additional
month of service. |
|
(8) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on each of
July 5, 2000, July 5, 2001, July 5, 2002 and
July 5, 2003. |
|
(9) |
|
This option vested as to one-fourth of the shares on
May 26, 2002, with the remaining shares vesting in 36 equal
monthly installments thereafter beginning June 26, 2002. |
|
(10) |
|
This option vested as to 44,221 shares on August 18,
2003, with the remaining shares vesting in equal installments of
2,948 shares on the first day of each month thereafter
beginning September 1, 2003. |
75
|
|
|
(11) |
|
This option vested as to 18,079 shares on July 1,
2004, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 695 shares thereafter beginning
August 1, 2004. |
|
(12) |
|
This option vested as to 1,668 shares on April 1,
2007, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly
installments of 138 shares on the first day of each month
thereafter beginning May 1, 2007 for each additional month
of service. |
|
(13) |
|
This option vests as to one-fourth of the shares on
January 1, 2010, with the remaining shares vesting in 36
equal monthly installments on the first day of each month
thereafter beginning February 1, 2010 for each additional
month of service. |
|
(14) |
|
This option vested as to 33,375 shares on July 1,
2008, with the remaining shares vesting in 36 equal monthly
installments on the first day of each month thereafter beginning
August 1, 2008 for each additional month of service. |
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested in 2009
The following table sets forth certain information regarding
stock option exercises by our named executive officers during
2009. We have never granted any restricted stock, restricted
stock units or similar instruments to our named executive
officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Value Realized
|
Name
|
|
Acquired on Exercise (#)
|
|
on Exercise ($)
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
6,675
|
|
|
|
22,250(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The value realized on exercise represents (1) the difference
between (a) the value of our common stock (as most recently
determined by our audit committee prior to exercise) and (b) the
per share exercise price (2) multiplied by the number of shares
acquired on exercise. |
Pension
Benefits
We do not offer pension benefits to our named executive officers.
Non-Qualified
Deferred Compensation
We do not offer non-qualified deferred compensation to our named
executive officers.
Employment
Agreements
We entered into an employment agreement with Archie C. Black,
our Chief Executive Officer. The initial term of the agreement
expired on December 31, 2009, but the agreement
automatically renews for additional one-year terms unless
terminated by us or Mr. Black. This agreement renewed for
an additional year on January 1, 2010. Pursuant to the
agreement, Mr. Blacks salary is reviewed annually by
our compensation committee and may be maintained or increased,
but not decreased, in the compensation committees
discretion. Mr. Blacks employment agreement requires
him not disclose our confidential information or disparage us or
our officers or employees at any time during the term of the
agreement or thereafter.
We entered into confidentiality and non-competition agreements
with our named executive officers other than Mr. Black.
These agreements require the executives to not to disclose our
confidential information at any time. The agreements also
require the executives not to compete with us or solicit our
employees to engage in other employment during the term of the
executives employment with us and for one year thereafter.
We do not have a non-competition agreement with Mr. Black.
76
The employment and confidentiality and non-competition
agreements with our named executive officers address various
termination of employment scenarios. No severance payments are
made to executives who are terminated for cause. The terms of
potential payments under these agreements upon termination are
summarized below under Potential Payments Upon
Termination or
Change-in-Control.
We entered into management incentive agreements with each of
Archie C. Black and James J. Frome that provide for a bonus to
be paid to them upon a sale of our company. A sale
includes (1) the disposition of all or substantially all of
our assets; (2) the sale of at least 70% of our voting
stock to a person who was not a stockholder of our company on
July 1, 2002 and (3) a merger or consolidation of our
company resulting in 70% or more of the voting power of the
surviving company following the transaction being held by
persons who were not a stockholder of our company on
July 1, 2002. The payment to Mr. Black would be equal
to 0.114% of the amount of the purchase price, as defined,
exceeding $25 million but less than $65 million,
subject to a maximum of $45,600. The payment to Mr. Frome
would be equal to 0.115% of the amount of the purchase price, as
defined, exceeding $25 million but less than
$65 million, subject to a maximum of $46,000. These
agreements terminate on June 30, 2012.
Potential
Payments Upon Termination or
Change-in-Control
We have entered into agreements that will require us to provide
compensation to our named executive officers in the event of a
termination of employment or a change in control of our company.
Our employment agreement with Archie C. Black, our Chief
Executive Officer, provides that, if we terminate his employment
without cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for
good reason, we will (1) pay his salary for 12 months
in accordance with our regular payroll practices and any unused
vacation accrued as of the date of termination and
(2) provide health care benefits to him and his family for
12 months after the date of termination on the same terms
as they are provided as of termination. Cause for
termination exists upon (a) conviction of a felony;
(b) dishonesty or gross misconduct in the performance of
the agreement; or (c) failure by Mr. Black to cure his
material breach of the agreement within 30 days of
receiving written notice of breach from us. Mr. Black may
terminate his employment for good reason (a) by
providing us with notice of his intent to terminate his
employment within 10 days of his annual performance review;
(b) our failure to cure our material breach of the
agreement within 30 days of receiving written notice of
breach from him; or (c) upon a change in control, which
includes removal of Mr. Black as our Chief Executive
Officer by our board of directors or the occurrence of a
transaction that results in the holders of our stock immediately
prior to the transaction ceasing to hold the voting power
necessary to elect a majority of our board following the
transaction. Also, if we terminate Mr. Blacks
employment if he suffers a permanent disability, we will
maintain for his benefit for 12 months after termination
all health benefit plans in which he was entitled to participate
immediately prior to termination.
We have entered into agreements with each of our named executive
officers other than Mr. Black that provide that, if we
terminate the named executive officers employment without
cause, and provided the termination does not occur upon or
within 12 months of a change in control of our company, we
will pay the named executive officer six months of his or her
then-current base salary over a six-month period in accordance
with our normal payroll practices. If we terminate the named
executive officers employment without cause upon or within
12 months after a change in control, or if the named
executive officer terminates his or her employment for good
reason upon or within 12 months after a change in control,
we will pay the named executive officer 12 months of his or
her then-current base salary over a
12-month
period in accordance with our normal payroll practices. Payment
of these amounts is subject to certain conditions and
limitations, including that the named executive officer execute
a release of claims against us. A change in control
and the reasons for which a named executive officer may
terminate without cause are defined in accordance
with our 2001 Stock Option Plan and described below. A named
executive officer may terminate his or her employment for
good reason if there is a material reduction in the
officers salary at the time of the change in control or a
material reduction in responsibilities following the change in
control.
77
Generally, option agreements executed pursuant to our 2001 Stock
Option Plan, which we refer to as our 2001 Plan, provide that,
in the event of a change in control of our company, outstanding
stock options granted to senior management, including our named
executive officers, immediately become exercisable as to 50% of
the unvested shares subject to option. Our option agreements
with our named executive officers also provide that if the named
executive officers employment with us is terminated, or
the named executive officers employment responsibilities
or base salary are materially reduced, other than for cause,
prior to the first anniversary of the change in control, all
remaining unvested shares subject to the option immediately
become fully exercisable. A change in control
includes (1) any persons acquisition of beneficial
ownership of 50% or more of our outstanding common stock;
(2) a failure to have a majority of our board of directors
be people for whose election our board solicited proxies;
(3) approval by our stockholders of a reorganization,
merger or consolidation, unless our stockholders immediately
prior to the transaction own more than 50% of the voting power
of the corporation resulting from the transaction; or
(4) approval by our stockholders of the disposition of all
or substantially all of our assets. Cause for
termination exists upon (a) failure by the named executive
officer to cure his or her material breach of the terms of a non
competition/non solicitation agreement between us and the
officer within 30 days of receipt of written notice of
breach from us; (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct
by the officer; (c) conviction of the officer of a crime
involving moral turpitude or any felony; (d) willful
violation of instructions from our board of directors or Chief
Executive Officer; or (e) fraud, embezzlement, theft or
proven dishonesty against us.
Generally, option agreements executed pursuant to our 2010
Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as our 2010 Plan,
provide that in the event of a sale of all or substantially all
of our assets or a merger, consolidation, or share exchange
involving our company, the surviving or successor entity may
continue, assume or replace some or all of the outstanding
awards under the 2010 Plan. Our awards agreements with our
executive officers will typically provide that if awards granted
to the executive officer under the 2010 Plan are continued,
assumed or replaced in connection with such an event and if
within one year after the event the executive officer
experiences an involuntary termination of service other than for
cause, the executive officers outstanding awards will vest
in full, will immediately become fully exercisable and will
remain exercisable for one year following termination. If awards
granted to any participant are not continued, assumed or
replaced, the administrator may provide for the surrender of any
outstanding award in exchange for payment to the holder of the
amount of the consideration that would have been received in the
event for the number of shares subject to the award less the
aggregate exercise price (if any) of the award. In the event of
a change in control (as defined in the 2010 Plan) that does not
involve a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or sale of all
or substantially all of our companys assets, the plan
administrator, in its discretion, may provide that any
outstanding award will become fully vested and exercisable upon
the change in control or upon the involuntary termination of the
participant within one year after the change in control or that
any outstanding award will be surrendered in exchange for
payment to the holder of the amount of the consideration that
would have been received in the change in control for the number
of shares subject to the award less the aggregate exercise price
(if any) of the award.
We entered into the management incentive agreements with each of
Archie C. Black and James J. Frome described above under
Employment Agreements that provide for a
bonus to be paid to them upon a sale of our company. The payment
to Mr. Black would be equal to 0.114% of the amount of the
purchase price, as defined, exceeding $25 million but less
than $65 million, subject to a maximum of $45,600. The
payment to Mr. Frome would be equal to 0.115% of the amount
of the purchase price, as defined, exceeding $25 million
but less than $65 million, subject to a maximum of $46,000.
78
The following tables list the potential payments and benefits
upon termination of employment or change in control of our
company for our named executive officers. The tables assume the
triggering event for the payments or provision of benefits
occurred on December 31, 2009. Amounts in the tables for
the vesting of unvested stock options are calculated based on
the number of accelerated stock options multiplied by the
difference between $0.99, the fair market value of our common
stock as most recently determined by our audit committee prior
to the end of our most recently completed fiscal year, and the
exercise price.
Archie C.
Black
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary, Bonus &
|
|
Health
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Unused Vacation
|
|
Benefits(1)
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
302,538
|
|
|
$
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permanent Disability
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
$
|
45,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,390
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
$
|
45,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,780
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts for health benefits were calculated by multiplying
our standard monthly rates for family health and dental benefits
by 12. |
Kimberly
K. Nelson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Unrelated to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,500
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
James J.
Frome
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary & Bonus
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
$
|
46,000
|
|
|
$
|
939
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
$
|
46,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,878
|
|
Michael
J. Gray
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
92,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
184,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
51,000
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
102,000
|
|
79
David J.
Novak
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting of Unvested
|
Triggering Event
|
|
Salary
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason
|
|
$
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Related to Change
in Control
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Without Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,706
|
|
Change in Control With Related Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,412
|
|
Equity
and Stock Option Plans
2010
Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 2010 Plan in March 2010 and
our stockholders approved the plan in April 2010. The
purposes of the 2010 Plan are to attract and retain the best
available personnel, to provide them with additional incentives
and to align their interests with those of our stockholders. The
material terms of the 2010 Plan are summarized below.
Share Reserve. As of September 30, 2010,
453,435 options to purchase shares of our common stock with a
weighted average exercise price of $11.84 were outstanding under
the 2010 Plan and 366,314 shares were reserved for future
issuance under the plan. The number of shares reserved under our
2010 Plan will increase on January 1 of each year beginning in
2011 and ending on January 1, 2020 in an amount equal to
the least of: 6% of the total number of shares outstanding as of
December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year or a
number of shares determined by our board of directors. Shares
subject to awards under the plan that expire unexercised, are
forfeited, are settled in cash or are surrendered pursuant to an
exchange program will again become available for grant under the
plan. If any award under the 2010 Plan is exercised by the
tendering or withholding of shares in payment of the exercise
price or any applicable tax withholding arising from an award
under the 2010 Plan is satisfied by the tendering or withholding
of shares, the shares tendered or withheld also will again
become available for grant under the plan. The number of shares
reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan will also increase for
each share subject to an award under our 2001 Stock Option Plan
and 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, which are described below, that
expires unexercised or otherwise does not result in the issuance
of shares subject to the award under those plans.
Administration of Plan. The compensation committee
of our board of directors administers the 2010 Plan. Subject to
the terms of the plan, the compensation committee has the
authority to, among other things, interpret the plan and
determine who is granted awards under the plan, the types of
awards granted and the terms and conditions of the awards,
including the number of shares covered by awards, the exercise
price of awards and the vesting schedule or other restrictions
applicable to awards. The committee also has the power to make
any determinations and take any action necessary or desirable
for the administration of the plan. Determinations of the
committee under the plan may be made by a majority of the
committee members present at a meeting at which at least a
majority of the committee members are present.
To the extent permitted by law and stock exchange rules, the
2010 Plan permits the committee to delegate to one or more of
our executive officers or non-employee directors any or all of
the committees authority under the plan with respect to
awards made to individuals who are neither non-employee
directors nor executive officers of our company. Our full board
of directors administers the plan with respect to awards to
non-employee directors.
Eligibility. Our employees, non-employee directors
and certain consultants and advisors who provide services to us
are eligible to receive awards under the 2010 Plan. Incentive
stock options may be granted only to our employees.
Awards. The 2010 Plan allows us to grant stock
options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock,
80
stock units and other stock-based awards. Each award will be
evidenced by an agreement with the award recipient setting forth
the terms and conditions of the award, including vesting
conditions. Awards under the plan will have a maximum term of
ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator may
provide that the vesting or payment of any award will be subject
to the attainment of certain performance measures established by
the administrator, and the administrator will determine whether
such measures have been achieved. The administrator at any time
may amend the terms of any award previously granted, except
that, in general, no amendment may be made that materially
impairs the rights of any participant with respect to an
outstanding award without the participants consent. In
addition, we may amend the plan and any award agreements under
the plan in order to ensure compliance with the requirements of
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options. Stock options permit the holder to
purchase a specified number of shares of our common stock at a
set price. Options granted under the plan may be either
incentive or nonqualified stock options. The exercise price of
options granted under the plan generally may not be less than
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Incentive stock options granted to employees who hold more than
10% of the total combined voting power of our stock will have an
exercise price not less than 110% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the date of grant and will have a maximum
term of five years. The plan administrator will determine the
terms and conditions of options granted under the plan,
including exercise price and vesting and exercisability terms.
The maximum number of shares subject to stock options that may
be granted during a calendar year to a participant may not
exceed 400,500. The maximum number of shares that may be issued
upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2010 Plan
is 1,201,500.
|
|
|
|
SARs. SARs provide for payment to the holder of all
or a portion of the excess of the fair market value of a
specified number of shares of our common stock on the date of
exercise over a specified exercise price. Payment may be made in
cash or shares of our common stock or a combination of both, as
determined by the plan administrator. The administrator will
establish the terms and conditions of exercise, including the
exercise price, of SARs granted under the plan. The maximum
number of shares subject to SARs that may be granted during a
calendar year to a participant may not exceed 400,500.
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock awards are awards
of shares of our common stock that are subject to restrictions
determined by the plan administrator, which may include vesting
conditions, forfeiture conditions and other restrictions. The
administrator will determine whether any consideration other
than services to our company must be paid for a restricted stock
award. The maximum number of shares of restricted stock that may
be granted during a calendar year to a participant may not
exceed 400,500.
|
|
|
|
Stock Units. Stock units provide the holder with the
right to receive, in cash or shares of our common stock or a
combination of both, the fair market value of a share of our
common stock and will be subject to such vesting and forfeiture
conditions and other restrictions as the plan administrator
determines. Stock unit awards may, at the discretion of the plan
administrator, provide the holder with the right to receive
dividend equivalent payments with respect to the shares subject
to the award. The administrator will determine whether any
consideration other than services to our company must be paid
for a stock unit award. The maximum number of stock units that
may be granted during a calendar year to a participant may not
exceed 400,500.
|
|
|
|
Other. The plan administrator, in its discretion,
may grant other stock-based awards under the plan. The
administrator will set the terms and conditions of such awards.
|
Substitute Awards. The plan administrator may grant
awards under the 2010 Plan in substitution for awards granted by
another entity acquired by our company or with which our company
combines. The terms and conditions of these substitute awards
will be comparable to the terms of the awards replaced, and may
therefore differ from the terms and conditions otherwise set
forth in the plan.
Exchange Program. The plan administrator may
institute an exchange program under which outstanding stock
options or SARs are surrendered or canceled in exchange for
stock options or SARs of the same type (with higher or
81
lower exercise prices or different terms), awards of a different
type or cash. The plan administrator also may institute a
program under which the exercise price of an outstanding stock
option or SAR is reduced.
Transferability. Unless otherwise determined by the
plan administrator, awards granted under the plan generally are
not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution or to an appropriately designated beneficiary. The
plan administrator may permit the transfer of awards other than
incentive stock options pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order or by way of gift to a family member.
Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided in
an award agreement (and except with respect to terminations
following certain corporate transactions described below under
Change in Control; Corporate Transaction), upon
termination of an award recipients service with our
company, all unvested and unexercisable portions of the
recipients outstanding awards will immediately be
forfeited. If an award recipients service with our company
terminates other than for cause (as defined in the plan), death
or disability, the vested and exercisable portions of the
recipients outstanding options and SARs generally will
remain exercisable for three months after termination. If a
recipients service terminates due to death or disability
(or if a recipient dies during the three-month period after
termination of service other than for cause), the vested and
exercisable portions of the recipients outstanding options
and SARs generally will remain exercisable for one year after
termination. Upon termination for cause, all unexercised stock
options and SARs will also be forfeited.
Change in Control; Corporate Transaction. Unless
otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of a sale
of all or substantially all of our assets or a merger,
consolidation, or share exchange involving our company, the
surviving or successor entity may continue, assume or replace
some or all of the outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan. Our
award agreements with our executive officers will typically
provide that if awards granted to the executive officer under
the 2010 Plan are continued, assumed or replaced in connection
with such an event and if within one year after the event the
executive officer experiences an involuntary termination of
service other than for cause, the executive officers
outstanding awards will vest in full, will immediately become
fully exercisable and will remain exercisable for one year
following termination. If awards granted to any participant are
not continued, assumed or replaced, the administrator may
provide for the surrender of any outstanding award in exchange
for payment to the holder of the amount of the consideration
that would have been received in the event for the number of
shares subject to the award less the aggregate exercise price
(if any) of the award. In the event of a change in control (as
defined in the 2010 Plan) that does not involve a merger,
consolidation, share exchange, or sale of all or substantially
all of our companys assets, the plan administrator, in its
discretion, may provide that any outstanding award will become
fully vested and exercisable upon the change in control or upon
the involuntary termination of the participant within one year
after the change in control or that any outstanding award will
be surrendered in exchange for payment to the holder of the
amount of the consideration that would have been received in the
change in control for the number of shares subject to the award
less the aggregate exercise price (if any) of the award.
Adjustment of Awards. In the event of an equity
restructuring that affects the per share value of our common
stock, including a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights
offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend,
the plan administrator will make appropriate adjustment to:
(1) the number and kind of securities reserved for issuance
under the plan, (2) the number and kind of securities
subject to outstanding awards under the plan, (3) the
exercise price of outstanding options and SARs, and (4) any
maximum limitations prescribed by the plan as to grants of
certain types of awards. The administrator may also make similar
adjustments in the event of any other change in our
companys capitalization, including a merger,
consolidation, reorganization or liquidation.
Amendment and Termination. The 2010 Plan will remain
in effect until terminated by our board of directors; however we
may not grant incentive stock options under the plan more than
ten years after its effective date. Our board of directors may
terminate, suspend or amend the plan at any time, but, in
general, no termination, suspension or amendment may materially
impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding
awards without the participants consent. Awards that are
outstanding on the plans termination date will remain in
effect in accordance
82
with the terms of the plan and the applicable award agreements.
Stockholder approval of any amendment of the plan will be
obtained if required by applicable law or the rules of the
Nasdaq stock market.
Registration. On June 4, 2010, we filed a
registration statement with the SEC on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2010
Plan.
2001
Stock Option Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 2001 Plan in August 2001, and
our stockholders approved the plan in July 2002. The 2001
Plan has been amended several times, primarily to change the
number of shares of our common stock available for issuance
under the plan, with the most recent amendment occurring in July
2008. The 2001 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and
nonqualified stock options to our employees, non-employee
directors, and other consultants who provide services to us. As
of September 30, 2010, options to purchase a total of
1,145,533 shares of our common stock with a weighted
average exercise price of $1.45 per share were outstanding under
our 2001 Plan. We no longer grant awards under the 2001 Plan.
All awards outstanding under the 2001 Plan remain in effect and
continue to be governed by their existing terms.
Administration. The compensation committee of our
board of directors administers the 2001 Plan and the awards
granted under it, except that our full board of directors
administers the plan with respect to awards to non-employee
directors. The committee has the authority to, among other
things, interpret the plan, adopt and amend rules relating to
the administration of the plan and prescribe and amend the terms
of outstanding awards, including accelerating the vesting
schedule of awards.
Stock Options. The exercise price of nonqualified
stock options granted under the 2001 Plan may not be less than
85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted
under the plan to employees who at the time of grant own more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of
our stock may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of
incentive stock options granted to any other employees may not
be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock
on the date of grant.
The stock options that are outstanding under the 2001 Plan
generally provide for vesting over four years. Options granted
to senior management and non-employee directors generally vest
as to 25% of the shares subject to option on the first
anniversary of the vesting commencement date and in 36 equal
monthly installments thereafter. Options granted to employees
other than senior management generally vest in 48 equal monthly
installments. In addition, the administrator has the authority
to declare at any time that any or all outstanding options shall
immediately become exercisable in full.
Option Term. In general, stock options granted under
the 2001 Plan have a maximum term of ten years from the date of
grant. Options awarded under the plan may be exercised while the
optionee is employed by or providing services to us, and, if an
optionees service relationship with us terminates (other
than due to death or disability or for cause (as defined in the
plan)), the optionee may exercise the vested portion of such
option for 30 days after such termination of service. If an
optionees service relationship with us terminates due to
death or disability, such option may be exercised for one year
following such termination.
Change in Control. In the event of a change in
control (as defined in the plan) of our company,
(1) outstanding incentive stock options granted to senior
management generally immediately become exercisable as to 50% of
the unvested shares subject to option and (2) outstanding
nonqualified stock options immediately become exercisable in
full. Option agreements for senior management also generally
provide that if the optionees employment with us is
terminated, or the optionees employment responsibilities
or base salary are materially reduced, other than for cause (as
defined in the plan) prior to the first anniversary of the
change in control, all remaining unvested shares
83
subject to such option immediately become fully exercisable.
Further, upon a change in control the administrator of the 2001
Plan may cancel some or all outstanding stock options and pay
the holders of such options cash equal to the excess of the per
share fair market value of our common stock immediately prior to
the change in control over the exercise price per share of such
options.
Corporate Event. In the event of a merger or
consolidation of our company with or into another entity, a sale
of all or substantially all of our assets or a dissolution or
liquidation of our company, the plan administrator may
(1) substitute for stock options outstanding under the plan
shares of stock or options to purchase stock of the surviving
company or its parent or (2) declare that all outstanding
options will be cancelled at the time of such event and cause
payment to be made to each option holder equal to, for each
share subject to the option, the excess of the proceeds per
share received in such event over the exercise price of the
option. In the event of such a declaration by the plan
administrator, all outstanding options will immediately become
exercisable in full. In addition, the plan administrator has
authority to adjust the number and kind of securities issuable
upon exercise of options under the plan, and the exercise price
thereof, in the event of a reorganization, merger,
consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification,
stock dividend, stock split or combination, rights offering or
extraordinary dividend or other change in our corporate
structure.
Registration. On June 4, 2010 we filed a
registration statement with the SEC on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2001
Plan.
1999
Equity Incentive Plan
We adopted our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as
our 1999 Plan, in May 1999 and our stockholders approved the
1999 Plan in June 1999. The 1999 Plan permits the grant of
incentive and nonqualified stock options and restricted stock to
our employees, officers, directors and other consultants who
provide services to us. As of September 30, 2010, there
were outstanding under the 1999 Plan options to purchase a total
of 18 shares of our common stock with a weighted average
exercise price of $224.72 per share. There are no shares of
unvested restricted stock outstanding under the 1999 Plan.
Plan Expiration. The term of the 1999 Plan was ten
years and has expired. Consequently, we are no longer authorized
to issue any awards under the 1999 Plan. All awards outstanding
under the 1999 Plan remain in effect and continue to be governed
by their existing terms and the terms of the plan.
Administration. Our board of directors, or a
committee appointed by our board of directors, has the authority
to administer the 1999 Plan and the awards granted under it. The
compensation committee of our board of directors currently
administers the plan. The plan administrator has the authority
to, among other things, interpret the plan, prescribe and amend
rules relating to the plan and amend the terms of outstanding
awards, including accelerating the vesting of awards.
Stock Options. In general, options granted under the
1999 Plan have a maximum term of ten years from the date of
grant. The exercise price of options granted under the 1999 Plan
generally is equal to the fair market value of our common stock
on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan
administrator. The exercise price of incentive stock options
granted under the 1999 Plan may not be less than the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise
price of incentive stock options granted to employees who at the
time of grant own more than 10% of the total combined voting
power of all classes of our stock may not be less than 110% of
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Change in Control; Corporate Transactions. In the
event of a change in control (as defined in the 1999 Plan), the
plan administrator may determine that all outstanding awards
will immediately become fully vested and exercisable and will
terminate thirty days after the change in control. In the event
of a change in our capital structure by reason
84
of a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, share exchange,
reorganization, liquidation, extraordinary cash dividend or
similar event, the plan administrator has authority to adjust
the number and class of securities issuable upon exercise of
options under the plan and the terms and conditions of such
options, including the exercise price, and to provide for
payment to option holders of an amount equal to the difference
between the then-current fair market value of our common stock
and the exercise prices of such options.
Registration. On June 4, 2010 we filed a
registration statement with the SEC on
Form S-8
covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 1999
Plan.
401(k)
Plan
We maintain a deferred savings retirement plan for our
employees. The deferred savings retirement plan is intended to
qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401 of the
Internal Revenue Code. The deferred savings retirement plan
provides that each participant may contribute his or her pre-tax
compensation (up to a statutory limit, which was $16,500 in
2009). For employees 50 years of age or older, an
additional
catch-up
contribution of $5,500 is allowable. In 2009, the statutory
limit for those who qualify for
catch-up
contributions was $22,000. Under the plan, each employee is
fully vested in his or her deferred salary contributions. On the
first day of the plan quarter following an employees
one-year anniversary of employment, we contribute 25% of the
first 6% of salary contributions made by an employee.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at
any time during the last completed fiscal year been an officer
or employee of ours. None of our executive officers has served
as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the
compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or
more executive officers who served on our board of directors or
compensation committee during the last completed fiscal year.
Rule 10b5-1
Plans
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans,
known as
Rule 10b5-1
plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell
shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a
Rule 10b5-1
plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters
established by the director or officer when entering into the
plan, without further direction from them. The director or
officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances.
Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell
additional shares outside of a
Rule 10b5-1
plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic
information.
85
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Since January 1, 2006, we have entered into the following
transactions with our directors, executive officers, holders of
more than five percent of our voting securities, and affiliates
of our directors, executive officers and five percent
stockholders in addition to the matters described under
Management:
Sale of
Preferred Stock
In February 2006, we sold the following affiliated funds of our
directors shares of our Series B convertible preferred
stock at the price of $3.67 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, L.P., an affiliated fund of George H.
Spencer, III, purchased 132,050 shares
|
|
|
River Cities SBIC III L.P., an affiliated fund of Murray R.
Wilson, who was then a director of our company, purchased
383,392 shares
|
|
|
St. Paul Venture Capital VI, LLC, an affiliated fund of Michael
B. Gorman, purchased 123,825 shares
|
In April 2007, we sold the following affiliated funds of our
directors shares of our Series C convertible preferred
stock at the price of $5.99 per share.
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, L.P., an affiliated fund of George H.
Spencer, III, purchased 66,750 shares
|
|
|
CID Mezzanine Capital, L.P., an affiliated fund of Steve A.
Cobb, purchased 240,765 shares
|
|
|
River Cities SBIC III L.P. and River Cities Capital Fund II
L.P., affiliated funds of Murray R. Wilson, who was then a
director of our company, purchased an aggregate of
627,032 shares
|
|
|
St. Paul Venture Capital VI, LLC, an affiliated fund of Michael
B. Gorman, purchased 125,156 shares
|
Voting
and Co-Sale Agreement
Prior to our initial public offering in April 2010, the election
of the members of our board of directors was governed by a
voting and co-sale agreement that we entered into with certain
holders of our capital stock and related provisions of our
certificate of incorporation. The voting agreement required
these stockholders to vote in favor of nominees of CID Capital,
Inc., St. Paul Venture Capital V, LLC, BVCF IV, L.P., River
Cities SBIC III L.P., a majority of the Series B
convertible preferred stock, which nominee may not be affiliated
with any officer or director of our company, and a majority of
the Series C convertible preferred stock, which nominee may
not be affiliated with any officer or director of our company.
In addition, our chief executive officer was to be elected to
the board. CID Capital, Inc. nominated Steve Cobb; St. Paul
Venture Capital V, LLC nominated Michael Gorman; BVCF IV,
L.P. nominated George Spencer; River Cities SBIC III L.P.
nominated Murray Wilson, a majority of the Series B
convertible preferred stock nominated Martin J. Leestma and a
majority of the Series C convertible preferred stock
nominated Sven A. Wehrwein.
In addition, under the voting and co-sale agreement our
preferred stockholders were granted a right of first refusal to
purchase shares of our capital stock held by the stockholders
party to this agreement, rights of co-sale in the event of a
sale of our capital stock held by the stockholders party to this
agreement and drag-along rights that require the stockholders
party to this agreement to participate in a sale of the company
if the sale is approved by a certain percentage of the
stockholders party to the agreement.
The voting and co-sale agreement terminated in its entirety on
April 22, 2010 and none of our stockholders have any
further rights regarding the election or designation of members
of our board of directors or any other rights previously granted
under this agreement.
86
Registration
Rights Agreement
We are party to a registration rights agreement which generally
provides that holders of shares of our common stock that were
issued upon conversion of our previously outstanding shares of
redeemable convertible preferred stock have the right to demand
that we file a registration statement or request that their
shares be covered by a registration statement that we are
otherwise filing. After completion of this offering, certain
holders of our common stock will have these registration rights,
which include 184,427, 1,309,351 and 1,341,267 shares owned
by entities affiliated with Steve A. Cobb, Michael B. Gorman and
George H. Spencer, III, respectively (assuming no exercise
of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares
in this offering). For a more detailed description of these
registration rights, see Description of Capital
Stock Registration Rights.
2009
Stock Option Amendments
On July 23, 2009, we unilaterally amended the terms of
certain stock options granted to 17 employees and one
director, including Kimberly K. Nelson, James J. Frome and Sven
A. Wehrwein, to reduce the exercise price for all of the shares
subject to each option to $3.03 per share, which was the fair
market value of our common stock on the date of the amendments.
On April 1, 2009, we unilaterally amended the terms of
certain stock options granted to three employees, including
Michael J. Gray, to reduce the exercise price for all of the
shares subject to each option from $3.45 to $2.43 per share,
which was the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of the amendments. None of these amendments affected the vesting
provisions or the number of shares subject to any of the option
awards and none of the holders of these options made any
investment decisions in connection with the amendments.
Director
Indemnification Agreements
We entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them
to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their
service to us or on our behalf.
Policy
for Approval of Related Party Transactions
The board of directors has adopted a written statement of policy
regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to
as our related person policy. Our related person policy requires
that any executive officer requesting to enter into a
transaction with a related person generally must
promptly disclose to our audit committee the related person
transaction and all material facts with respect thereto. In
reviewing a transaction, our audit committee will consider all
relevant facts and circumstances, including (1) the
commercial reasonableness of the terms, (2) the benefit and
perceived benefits, or lack thereof, to us, (3) opportunity
costs of alternate transactions and (4) the materiality and
character of the related persons interest, and the actual
or apparent conflict of interest of the related person. Our
audit committee will not approve or ratify a related person
transaction unless it determines that, upon consideration of all
relevant information, the transaction is beneficial to our
company and stockholders and the terms of the transaction are
fair to our company. No related person transaction will be
consummated without the approval or ratification of our audit
committee. It is our policy that directors interested in a
related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote
relating to a related person transaction in which they have an
interest. Under our related person policy, a related
person includes any of our directors, director nominees,
executive officers, any beneficial owner of more than 5% of our
common stock and any immediate family member of any of the
foregoing. Related party transactions exempt from our policy
include transactions available to all of our employees and
stockholders on the same terms and transactions between us and
the related person that, when aggregated with the amount of all
other transactions between us and the related person or its
affiliates, involve less than $120,000 in a fiscal year. We did
not have a formal review and approval policy for related party
transactions at the time of any transaction described in this
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
section.
87
PRINCIPAL
AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common stock as
of September 30, 2010 by (i) each of our named
executive officers; (ii) each of our directors;
(iii) all of our executive officers and directors as a
group; (iv) each of those known by us to be beneficial
owners of more than 5% of our common stock; and (v) our
other stockholders selling shares in this offering. This table
lists applicable percentage ownership based on
11,627,743 shares of common stock outstanding as of that
date.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC. To our knowledge and subject to applicable community
property laws, each of the holders of stock listed below has
sole voting and investment power as to the stock owned unless
otherwise noted. The table below includes the number of shares
underlying options which are exercisable within 60 days
from September 30, 2010. Except as otherwise noted below,
the address for each director, officer or 5% stockholder listed
in the table is
c/o SPS
Commerce, Inc., 333 South Seventh Street, Suite 1000,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. The 5% stockholders who are
selling shares in this offering and the other selling
stockholders are parties to a registration rights agreement and
voting and co-sale agreement to which we are also a party. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership After this Offering
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
Prior to this
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
(Assuming No
|
|
|
(Assuming No
|
|
|
(Assuming Full
|
|
|
(Assuming Full
|
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
Name
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Offered
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Executive Officers and Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Archie C. Black
|
|
|
373,232
|
(1)
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
373,232
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
373,232
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
Steve A. Cobb
|
|
|
1,417,495
|
(2)
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
1,229,508
|
|
|
|
187,987
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
James J. Frome
|
|
|
197,476
|
(3)
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197,476
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
197,476
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
Michael J. Gray
|
|
|
38,381
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,381
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
38,381
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Michael B. Gorman
|
|
|
1,312,911
|
(5)
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,312,911
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
1,312,911
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
Martin J. Leestma
|
|
|
23,585
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,585
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
23,585
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Kimberly K. Nelson
|
|
|
90,119
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,119
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
90,119
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
David J. Novak, Jr.
|
|
|
102,154
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,154
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
102,154
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Philip E. Soran
|
|
|
2,225
|
(9)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,225
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
2,225
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
George H. Spencer, III
|
|
|
1,344,827
|
(10)
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,344,827
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
1,344,827
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
Sven A. Wehrwein
|
|
|
13,162
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,162
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
13,162
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)
|
|
|
4,915,567
|
|
|
|
39.6
|
%
|
|
|
1,229,508
|
|
|
|
3,686,059
|
|
|
|
29.5
|
%
|
|
|
3,498,072
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
%
|
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, LP
|
|
|
1,341,267
|
(12)
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,341,267
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
|
|
1,341,267
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
%
|
Funds affiliated with CID Capital
|
|
|
1,413,935
|
(13)
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
1,229,508
|
|
|
|
184,427
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Funds affiliated with River Cities Capital Funds
|
|
|
1,549,376
|
(14)
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
|
|
1,347,284
|
|
|
|
202,092
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Funds affiliated with Split Rock Partners
|
|
|
1,309,351
|
(15)
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,309,351
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
1,309,351
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership After this Offering
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
Prior to this
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
(Assuming No
|
|
|
(Assuming No
|
|
|
(Assuming Full
|
|
|
(Assuming Full
|
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
Name
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Offered
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Over-Allotment)
|
|
|
Other Selling Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund Limited
|
|
|
102,804
|
(16)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
89,395
|
|
|
|
13,409
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Martin A. Leibowitz
|
|
|
38,320
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
12,957
|
|
|
|
25,363
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
23,419
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Granite Private Equity II, LLC
|
|
|
196,131
|
(17)
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
92,096
|
|
|
|
104,035
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
90,221
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates ownership of less than 1%. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes 64,033 shares owned by the Archie C. and Jane
McDonald Black Charitable Trust (the Charitable
Trust) for which Mr. Black serves as a co-trustee,
400 shares owned by Mr. Blacks son and
308,799 shares subject to options that are exercisable
within 60 days of the date of the table. Mr. Black may
be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the
shares held by the Charitable Trust and his son, but disclaims
beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Black has served
as our Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of our
board of directors since 2001. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 3,560 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table,
265,295 shares owned by CID Equity Fund V Liquidating
Trust (the CID Trust) and 1,148,640 shares
owned by CID Mezzanine Capital, LP (CID Mezzanine
Capital). CID Mezzanine Partners, L.P. is the general
partner of CID Mezzanine Capital. John C. Aplin and Robert J.
OBrien, as the general partners of CID Mezzanine Partners,
L.P., share voting and investment power with respect to the
shares owned by CID Mezzanine Capital. CID Equity Partners V is
the trustee of the CID Trust. Aplin Partners, LLC is the general
partner of CID Equity Partners V. John C. Aplin, as the sole
member of Aplin Partners, LLC, has voting and investment power
with respect to the shares. Mr. Cobb is the Chairman of our
board of directors and a representative to an advisory board
that affects the voting and disposition of the shares held by
the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine Capital. Mr. Cobb may be
deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the
shares held by the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine Capital.
Messrs. Cobb, Aplin and OBrien disclaim beneficial
ownership of the shares owned by the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine
Capital, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest
therein. The address of the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine Capital
is 201 W. 103rd Street, Suite 200, Indianapolis,
IN 46290. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes 197,476 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table.
Mr. Frome has served as our Executive Vice President and
Chief Strategy Officer since 2001. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes 38,381 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table.
Mr. Gray has served as our Executive Vice President of
Operations since November 2008. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes 3,560 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table,
56,569 shares held by SPVC IV, LLC, 92,247 shares held
by SPVC V, LLC, 1,157,825 shares held by SPVC VI, LLC
and 2,710 shares held by SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC.
Split Rock Partners, LLC, together with Vesbridge Partners, LLC,
is the manager of SPVC IV, LLC, SPVC V, LLC, SPVC VI, LLC
and SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC, however voting and
investment power are delegated solely to Split Rock Partners,
LLC. Michael Gorman, James Simons and David Stassen, as managing
directors of Split Rock Partners, LLC, share voting and
investment power with respect to the shares. Voting and
investment power over shares held by each of the named funds
above may be deemed to be shared with each of the managing
directors and Split Rock Partners, LLC due to the affiliate
relationships described above. Each of the managing directors
and Split Rock Partners, LLC disclaims any beneficial ownership
of the shares, except to the extent of any |
89
|
|
|
|
|
pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Gorman is a member of our
board of directors. The address for each of these SPVC funds is
10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550, Minneapolis, MN 55344. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes 23,585 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes 90,119 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table.
Ms. Nelson has served as our Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer since 2007. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes 102,154 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table.
Mr. Novak has served as our Executive Vice President of
Business Development since 2007. |
|
(9) |
|
Includes 2,225 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes 3,560 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table and
1,341,267 shares held by BVCF IV, LP. Adams Street
Partners, LLC is the sole general partner of BVCF IV, LP.
Mr. Spencer is a senior consultant of Adams Street
Partners, LLC. Adams Street Partners, LLC is deemed to have sole
voting and investment power over the shares held by BVCF IV, LP.
Mr. Spencer disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The
address for BVCF IV, LP is
c/o Adams
Street Partners, LLC One N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes 13,162 shares subject to options that are
exercisable within 60 days of the date of the table. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes 1,341,267 shares held by BVCF IV, LP. Adams Street
Partners, LLC is the sole general partner of BVCF IV, LP.
Mr. Spencer is a senior consultant of Adams Street
Partners, LLC. Adams Street Partners, LLC is deemed to have sole
voting and investment power over the shares held by BVCF IV, LP.
Mr. Spencer disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares,
except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The
address for BVCF IV, LP is
c/o Adams
Street Partners, LLC One N. Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. |
|
(13) |
|
Includes 265,295 shares owned by CID Equity Fund V
Liquidating Trust (the CID Trust) and
1,148,640 shares owned by CID Mezzanine Capital, LP
(CID Mezzanine Capital). CID Mezzanine Partners,
L.P. is the general partner of CID Mezzanine Capital. John C.
Aplin and Robert J. OBrien, as the general partners of CID
Mezzanine Partners, L.P., share voting and investment power with
respect to the shares owned by CID Mezzanine Capital. CID Equity
Partners V is the trustee of the CID Trust. Aplin Partners, LLC
is the general partner of CID Equity Partners V. John C. Aplin,
as the sole member of Aplin Partners, LLC, has voting and
investment power with respect to the shares. Mr. Cobb is
the Chairman of our board of directors and a representative to
an advisory board that affects the voting and disposition of the
shares held by the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine Capital.
Mr. Cobb may be deemed to have shared voting and investment
power over the shares held by the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine
Capital. Messrs. Cobb, Aplin and OBrien disclaim
beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the CID Trust and
CID Mezzanine Capital, except to the extent of their pecuniary
interest therein. The address of the CID Trust and CID Mezzanine
Capital is 201 W. 103rd Street, Suite 200,
Indianapolis, IN 46290. |
|
(14) |
|
Includes 537,429 shares owned by River Cities Capital
Fund II Limited Partnership and 1,011,947 shares owned
by River Cities SBIC III, L.P. RCCF Management, Inc. is the
general partner of River Cities SBIC III, L.P. R. Glen Mayfield
and Edwin T. Robinson, as the sole shareholders, officers and
directors of RCCF Management, Inc., share voting and investment
power with respect to the shares. Messrs. Mayfield and
Robinson disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to
the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. Mayson II, Inc.
is the general partner of River Cities Management II, L.P., the
general partner of River Cities Capital Fund II Limited
Partnership. Messrs. Mayfield and Robinson, as the sole
shareholders, officers and directors of Mayson II, Inc., share
voting and investment power with respect to the shares.
Messrs. Mayfield and Robinson disclaim beneficial ownership
of such shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest
therein. The address for each of these River Cities funds is 221
East Fourth Street, Suite 2400, Cincinnati, OH 45202. |
|
(15) |
|
Includes 56,569 shares held by SPVC IV, LLC,
92,247 shares held by SPVC V, LLC,
1,157,825 shares held by SPVC VI, LLC and 2,710 shares
held by SPVC Affiliates Fund I, LLC. Split Rock Partners,
LLC, together with Vesbridge Partners, LLC, is the manager of
SPVC IV, LLC, SPVC V, LLC, SPVC VI, LLC and SPVC Affiliates
Fund I, LLC, however voting and investment power are
delegated solely to Split Rock Partners, |
90
|
|
|
|
|
LLC. Michael Gorman, James Simons and David Stassen, as managing
directors of Split Rock Partners, LLC, share voting and
investment power with respect to the shares. Voting and
investment power over shares held by each of the named funds
above may be deemed to be shared with each of the managing
directors and Split Rock Partners, LLC due to the affiliate
relationships described above. Each of the managing directors
and Split Rock Partners, LLC disclaims any beneficial ownership
of the shares, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest
therein. Mr. Gorman is a member of our board of directors.
The address for each of these SPVC funds is 10400 Viking Drive,
Suite 550, Minneapolis, MN 55344. |
|
(16) |
|
David DeRosa, Linburgh Martin, and Williams Reeves, as directors
of BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund Limited, share
voting and investment power with respect to the shares. Each
director disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares, except to
the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for
BlueCrest Venture Finance Master Fund Limited is
PO Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street,
Georgetown, Cayman Islands. |
|
(17) |
|
Gerry Holding Co. II, LLC is the sole member of Granite Private
Equity II, LLC. Alan Gerry has voting and investment power with
respect to the shares. The address for Granite Private Equity
II, LLC is 5150 Tamiami Trail, North Suite 402 Naples,
Florida 34103. |
91
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following is a description of the material provisions of
our capital stock, as well as other material terms of our
certificate of incorporation and bylaws. We refer you to the
form of our certificate of incorporation and to the form of our
bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Authorized
Capital
Our authorized capital stock consists of
(1) 55,000,000 shares of common stock and
(2) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Immediately
following the completion of this offering, based on our
outstanding shares as of September 30, 2010, and assuming
no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, we will have
11,727,743 shares of common stock and no shares of
preferred stock outstanding (or 11,742,743 shares of common
stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding if the
underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase
additional shares to cover overallotments, if any). As of
November 1, 2010, there were 109 holders of record of our
common stock.
Common
Stock
Voting. Except as otherwise required by Delaware
law, at every annual or special meeting of stockholders, every
holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share. There
is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Dividends Rights. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding series of preferred stock, the
holders of our common stock will receive ratably any dividends
declared by our board of directors out of funds legally
available for the payment of dividends. It is our present
intention not to pay dividends on our common stock for the
foreseeable future. Our board of directors may, at its
discretion, modify or repeal our dividend policy. Future
dividends, if any, with respect to shares of our common stock
will depend on, among other things, our results of operations,
cash requirements, financial condition, contractual
restrictions, provisions of applicable law and other factors
that our board of directors deems relevant.
Liquidation and Preemptive Rights. In the event of
our liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up,
the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in
all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to
prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then
outstanding. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive
or other subscription rights.
Preferred
Stock
Our charter provides that we may issue up to
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series
as may be determined by our board of directors. Our board has
broad discretionary authority with respect to the rights of any
new series of preferred stock and may establish the following
with respect to the shares to be included in each series,
without any vote or action of the stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
the number of shares;
|
|
|
the designations, preferences and relative rights, including
voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption
privileges and liquidation preferences; and
|
|
|
any qualifications, limitations or restrictions.
|
We believe that the ability of our board to issue one or more
series of preferred stock will provide us with flexibility in
structuring possible future financings and acquisitions, and in
meeting other corporate needs that may arise. The authorized
shares of preferred stock, as well as authorized and unissued
shares of common stock, will be
92
available for issuance without action by our stockholders,
unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of
any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our
securities may be listed or traded.
Our board may authorize, without stockholder approval, the
issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights
that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of
holders of common stock. Although our board has no current
intention of doing so, it could issue a series of preferred
stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, impede
the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover
attempt of our company. Our board could also issue preferred
stock having terms that could discourage an acquisition attempt
through which an acquiror may be able to change the composition
of our board, including a tender offer or other transaction that
some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in
their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a
premium for their stock over the then-current market price. Any
issuance of preferred stock therefore could have the effect of
decreasing the market price of our common stock.
Our board will make any determination to issue such shares based
on its judgment as to our best interests of our company and
stockholders. We have no current plan to issue any preferred
stock after this offering.
Registration
Rights
After completion of this offering, certain holders of our common
stock will have these registration rights, which include
184,427, 1,309,351 and 1,341,267 shares owned by entities
affiliated with Steve A. Cobb, Michael B. Gorman and
George H. Spencer, III, respectively (assuming no exercise
of the underwriters option to purchase additional shares
in this offering).
Demand
Registration Rights
We are obligated to effect up to four registrations as requested
by the holders of our common stock having registration rights,
including two that may be on
Form S-1.
A request for registration must cover at least 20% in the
aggregate of the then outstanding shares, on a fully diluted
basis, entitled to registration rights. We may delay the filing
of a registration statement in connection with a demand
registration for a period of up to 120 calendar days upon the
advice of the investment banker(s) and manager(s) that will
administer the offering.
Piggyback
Registration Rights
In the event that we propose to register any of our securities
under the Securities Act (except for the registration of
securities to be offered pursuant to an employee benefit plan on
Form S-8
or pursuant to a registration made on
Form S-4
or any successor forms then in effect), we will include in these
registrations all securities with respect to which we have
received written requests for inclusion under our registration
rights agreement, but subject to certain limitations.
We will not make any public sale or distribution of any of our
securities during the seven days prior to and the 90 days
after the effective date of any underwritten demand registration
or any underwritten piggyback registration unless the managing
underwriters agree otherwise. We will not register any of our
securities until at least three months has elapsed from the
effective date of the previous registration (except for the
registration of securities to be issued in connection with
employee benefit plans, to permit exercise or conversions of
previously issued options, warrants, or other convertible
securities or in connection with a demand registration). We will
pay substantially all of the registration expenses of the
holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand and
piggyback registrations described above.
93
Anti-Takeover
Provisions
Delaware
Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder for
a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of
the corporation approved either the business combination or the
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting
stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of
shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are
directors and also officers and (b) shares owned by
employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have
the right to determine confidentially whether shares held
subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange
offer; or
|
|
|
on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business
combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized
at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by
written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds
of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the
interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the
corporation;
|
|
|
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the
issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder; and
|
|
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
provided by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder
as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or
person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the
entity or person.
Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws
Provisions of certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay
or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential
change in control of our company or change in our management,
including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise
receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our
stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of
our common stock. Among other things, our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws:
|
|
|
|
|
provide for our board of directors to be divided into three
classes with staggered three-year terms, with only one class of
directors being elected at each annual meeting of our
stockholders and the other classes continuing for the remainder
of their respective three-year terms;
|
|
|
permit our board of directors to issue up to
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights,
preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the
right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control;
|
|
|
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed
by resolution of the board of directors;
|
|
|
provide that all vacancies, including newly created
directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then
in office, even if less than a quorum;
|
|
|
provide that stockholders may not act by written consent in lieu
of a meeting;
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
provide that any director may be removed from office only with
cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or
more of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to
vote at an election of directors;
|
|
|
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a
meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election
as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in
writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to
the form and content of a stockholders notice; and
|
|
|
do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing
the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled
to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the
directors standing for election, if they should so choose).
|
Limitation
on Liability of Directors and Indemnification
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our
directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not
be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their
fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:
|
|
|
|
|
breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
|
|
|
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares as
provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law; or
|
|
|
transaction from which the directors derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities
arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses
to our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by
law or, if applicable, pursuant to indemnification agreements.
They further provide that we may choose to indemnify other
employees or agents of the corporation from time to time.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and
our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any
officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability
arising out of his or her actions in connection with their
services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit
indemnification. We maintain a directors and
officers liability insurance policy.
We entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them
to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their
service to us or on our behalf.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers as to which
indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware
of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a
claim for indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission this
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Wells
Fargo Shareowner Services.
Nasdaq
Stock Market
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the
symbol SPSC.
95
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of
shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our
common stock for sale will have on the market price of our
common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock
in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of
outstanding options or in the public market after this offering,
or the anticipation of these sales, could adversely affect the
market prices of our common stock and could impair our future
ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity
securities.
Upon completion of this offering, based on our outstanding
shares as of September 30, 2010, and assuming no exercise
of outstanding options or warrants, we will have outstanding an
aggregate of 11,727,743 shares of our common stock
(11,742,743 if the underwriters overallotment option is
exercised in full). Of these shares, all of the shares sold in
this offering (plus any shares sold as a result of the
underwriters exercise of the over-allotment option) will
be freely tradable without restriction or further registration
under the Securities Act, unless those shares are purchased by
our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under
the Securities Act.
Assuming no exercise of the underwriters overallotment
option, 3,101,170 shares of common stock to be outstanding
after this offering will be restricted securities
under Rule 144. 2,650,618 of these restricted securities
will be subject to transfer restrictions for 60 days from
the date of this prospectus and 450,552 of these restricted
securities will be subject to transfer restrictions for
90 days from the date of this prospectus pursuant to market
stand-off agreements. Restricted securities may be sold in the
public market only if they have been registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144
or 701 under the Securities Act.
Lock-up
Agreements
Officers and directors directly holding 779,461 shares of
our common stock or outstanding options and holders of an
additional 3,300,566 shares of our common stock have
entered into
lock-up
agreements pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to
limited exceptions, not to offer, sell or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock
or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for shares of common stock for a period of 90 days from the
date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. In addition,
officers and directors directly holding 7,120 shares of our
common stock or outstanding options and holders of
2,560,618 shares of our common stock have entered into
lock-up
agreements pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to
limited exceptions, not to offer, sell or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock
or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for shares of common stock for a period of 60 days from the
date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Stifel,
Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has advised us that
it has no current intent or arrangement to release any of the
shares subject to the
lock-up
agreements prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
period. There are no contractually specified conditions for the
waiver of
lock-up
restrictions and any waiver is at the sole discretion of Stifel,
Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, which may be granted
by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for any
reason. The 60 or
90-day
lock-up
period, as applicable, will be automatically extended if
(i) during the last 17 days of the initial restricted
period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or
a material event or (ii) prior to the expiration of the
initial restricted period, we announce that we will release
earnings results during the
16-day
period following the last day of the initial period, in which
case the restrictions described in this paragraph will continue
to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or material event. After the
lock-up
period, these shares may be sold, subject to applicable
securities laws. See Underwriting.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this
prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any
time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned shares of our common stock for
96
at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited
number of shares of our common stock provided current public
information about us is available and, after owning such shares
for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited
number of shares of our common stock without restriction. Our
affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common
stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then
outstanding; or
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the
Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about us.
Upon expiration of the applicable
lock-up
periods described above, 3,101,170 additional shares of our
common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144,
including shares eligible for resale immediately upon the
closing of this offering as described above. We cannot estimate
the number of shares of our common stock that our existing
stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.
Options
and Warrants
As of September 30, 2010, stock options to purchase a total
of 1,598,986 shares of our common stock were outstanding
with a weighted average per share exercise price of $4.40 and
expiration dates between October 2010 and July 2020. As of
September 30, 2010, 366,314 shares of common stock
were reserved for future grants under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan. This number is subject to increase on an annual basis and
subject to increase for shares of stock subject to awards under
our prior equity plans that expire unexercised or otherwise do
not result in the issuance of shares subject to the award. Upon
completion of this offering, warrants to purchase a total of
5,456 shares of our common stock will be outstanding with a
per share exercise price of $3.67 and an expiration date of
May 20, 2011. On June 4, 2010 we filed three separate
registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common
stock subject to outstanding options and options and other
awards issuable pursuant to our 2010 Plan, 2001 Plan and 1999
Plan. The registration statements became effective upon filing.
See the Management Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Equity and Stock Option Plans section
of this prospectus for additional information regarding the
plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under
the registration statements are available for sale in the open
market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable
to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and
lock-up
agreements applicable to these shares. Subject to the exercise
of issued and outstanding options and contractual restrictions,
shares held by our directors and executive officers which are
registered under the registration statements on
Form S-8
will be available for sale into the public market after the
expiration of the
60-day or
90-day (as
applicable)
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters, subject to the vesting
requirements.
Registration
Rights
After completion of this offering, certain holders of our common
stock will have specific rights to register shares for sale in
the public market, which include 184,427, 1,309,351 and
1,341,267 shares owned by entities affiliated with Steve A.
Cobb, Michael B. Gorman and George H. Spencer, III,
respectively (assuming no exercise of the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares in this offering). See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights. Registration of these shares under the Securities
Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares
purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of
the registration statement relating to such shares.
97
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following discussion summarizes certain material
U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating
to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common
stock purchased pursuant to this offering by a
non-U.S. holder
(as defined below). This discussion is based on the provisions
of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder and current administrative rulings and
judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All
of these authorities may be subject to differing interpretations
or repealed, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive
effect, which could materially alter the tax consequences to
non-U.S. holders
described in this prospectus.
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary
position to the tax consequences described herein or that such
position will not be sustained by a court. No ruling from the
IRS or opinion of counsel has been obtained with respect to the
U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a
non-U.S. holder
of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.
This
discussion is for general information only and is not tax
advice. All prospective
non-U.S. holders
of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with
respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and
non-U.S. tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our
common stock.
As used in this discussion, the term
non-U.S. holder
means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of
the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United
States;
|
|
|
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state
thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source;
|
|
|
a trust (a) if a U.S. court is able to exercise
primary supervision over the trusts administration and one
or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of
the trusts substantial decisions or (b) that has a
valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or
|
|
|
an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner if all
of its interests are owned by a single person described above.
|
An individual may be treated, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, as a resident of the United States in any calendar
year by being present in the United States on at least
31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at
least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the
current calendar year. The
183-day test
is determined by counting all of the days the individual is
treated as being present in the current year, one-third of such
days in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of such
days in the second preceding year. Residents are subject to
U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens.
This discussion assumes that a prospective
non-U.S. holder
will hold shares of our common stock as a capital asset
(generally, property held for investment). This discussion does
not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate
taxation that may be relevant to a particular
non-U.S. holder
in light of that
non-U.S. holders
individual circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not
address any aspect of U.S. state or local or
non-U.S. taxes,
or the special tax rules applicable to particular
non-U.S. holders,
such as:
|
|
|
|
|
insurance companies and financial institutions;
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
|
|
controlled foreign corporations and passive foreign investment
companies;
|
|
|
partnerships or other pass-through entities;
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;
|
|
|
pension plans;
|
|
|
persons who received our common stock as compensation;
|
|
|
brokers and dealers in securities;
|
|
|
owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated
investment; and
|
|
|
former citizens or residents of the United States subject to tax
as expatriates.
|
If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of
our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership
generally will depend on the status of the partner and the
activities of the partnership. We urge any beneficial owner of
our common stock that is a partnership and partners in that
partnership to consult their tax advisors regarding the
U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning
and disposing of our common stock.
Distributions
on Our Common Stock
Any distribution on our common stock paid to
non-U.S. holders
will generally constitute a dividend for U.S. federal
income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess
of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will
generally constitute a return of capital to the extent of the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis in our common stock, and will be applied
against and reduce the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis. Any remaining excess will be treated as
capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of
Our Common Stock.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
that are not treated as effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally
will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax
at a rate of 30% on the gross amount paid, unless the
non-U.S. holder
is entitled to an exemption from or reduced rate of withholding
under an applicable income tax treaty. In order to claim the
benefit of a tax treaty or to claim an exemption from
withholding, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or successor form) prior to the payment of dividends. A
non-U.S. holder
eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income
tax treaty may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess
amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a
refund with the IRS.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or
business conducted by the
non-U.S. holder
within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax
treaty so provides, are also attributable to a permanent
establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United
States by the
non-U.S. holder)
are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the
non-U.S. holder
satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements.
To obtain the exemption, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide us with a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or successor form) prior to the payment of the dividend.
Dividends received by a
non-U.S. holder
that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade
or business generally are subject to U.S. federal income
tax at rates applicable to U.S. persons. A
non-U.S. holder
that is a corporation may, under certain circumstances, be
subject to an additional branch profits tax imposed
at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as specified by an
applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such
holders country of residence.
A
non-U.S. holder
who provides us with an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or
Form W-8ECI
must update the form or submit a new form, as applicable, if
there is a change in circumstances that makes any information on
such form incorrect.
99
Gain On
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common
Stock
In general, a
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax or
withholding on any gain realized from the
non-U.S. holders
sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common
stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides,
is also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed
base maintained within the United States by the
non-U.S. holder),
in which case the gain will be taxed on a net income basis
generally in the same manner as if the
non-U.S. holder
were a U.S. person, and, if the
non-U.S. holder
is a corporation, the additional branch profits tax described
above in Distributions on Our Common Stock may also
apply;
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are met, in which case the
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to a 30% tax on the net gain derived from the
disposition, which may be offset by
U.S.-source
capital losses of the
non-U.S. holder,
if any; or
|
|
|
we are, or have been at any time during the five-year period
preceding such disposition (or the
non-U.S. holders
holding period, if shorter), a United States real property
holding corporation.
|
Generally, we will be a United States real property
holding corporation if the fair market value of our
U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the
sum of the fair market values of our worldwide real property
interests and other assets used or held for use in a trade or
business, all as determined under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations. We believe that we have not been and are not
currently, and do not anticipate becoming in the future, a
United States real property holding corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
We must report annually to the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
the amount of distributions paid to such holder and the amount
of tax withheld, if any. Copies of the information returns filed
with the IRS to report the distributions and withholding may
also be made available to the tax authorities in a country in
which the
non-U.S. holder
is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax
treaty or agreement.
The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on the gross
amount of dividends and certain other types of payments
(currently at a rate of 28%). Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to backup withholding if proper
certification of foreign status (usually on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
is provided, and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to
know that the
non-U.S. holder
is a U.S. person. In addition, no backup withholding or
information reporting will be required regarding the proceeds of
a disposition of our common stock made by a
non-U.S. holder
within the United States or conducted through certain
U.S. financial intermediaries if we receive the
certification of foreign status described in the preceding
sentence and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know
that such
non-U.S. holder
is a U.S. person or the
non-U.S. holder
otherwise establishes an exemption.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application
of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to
them.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld
under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
non-U.S. holder
can be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that
certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely
manner.
U.S.
Federal Estate Tax
An individual
non-U.S. holder
who is treated as the owner, or who has made certain lifetime
transfers, of an interest in our common stock will be required
to include the value of the common stock in his or her gross
estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be
subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable
estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
100
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting
agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally
agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the
aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite
their respective names below:
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
|
|
|
1,148,496
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
430,686
|
|
JMP Securities LLC
|
|
|
430,686
|
|
Needham & Company, LLC
|
|
|
430,686
|
|
Canaccord Genuity Inc.
|
|
|
287,124
|
|
Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC
|
|
|
143,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,871,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is the
book-running manager, William Blair & Company, L.L.C.,
JMP Securities LLC and Needham & Company, LLC are
co-lead managers and Canaccord Genuity Inc. and
Craig-Hallum
Capital Group LLC are co-managers.
Of the 2,871,240 shares to be purchased by the
underwriters, 100,000 shares will be purchased from us and
2,771,240 shares will be purchased from the selling
stockholders.
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters are subject to various conditions,
including approval of legal matters by counsel. The nature of
the underwriters obligations commits them to purchase and
pay for all of the shares of common stock listed above if any
are purchased.
The underwriting agreement provides that we and the selling
stockholders will indemnify the underwriters against liabilities
specified in the underwriting agreement under the Securities
Act, or will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be
required to make relating to these liabilities.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated expects to
deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about
December 8, 2010.
Over-Allotment
Option
We and the selling stockholders have granted a
30-day
over-allotment option to the underwriters to purchase up to a
total of 430,686 additional shares of our common stock at the
public offering price, less the underwriting discount payable by
us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in
whole or in part, then each of the underwriters will be
separately committed, subject to the conditions described in the
underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our
common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set
forth in the table above.
Commissions
and Discounts
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a
concession not in excess of $0.441 per share of common stock to
other dealers specified in a master agreement among underwriters
who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority,
Inc. After this offering, the offering price, concessions and
other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Our
common stock is offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the
underwriters and to other conditions, including the right to
reject orders in whole or in part.
101
The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to
the underwriters by us and the proceeds, before expenses,
payable to us and the selling stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
12.25
|
|
|
$
|
35,172,690
|
|
|
$
|
40,448,594
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
|
0.735
|
|
|
|
2,110,361
|
|
|
|
2,426,916
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
|
11.515
|
|
|
|
1,151,500
|
|
|
|
1,324,225
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
|
|
|
11.515
|
|
|
|
31,910,829
|
|
|
|
36,697,453
|
|
Indemnification
of Underwriters
We and the selling stockholders will indemnify the underwriters
against some civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our
representations and warranties contained in the underwriting
agreement. If we or the selling stockholders are unable to
provide this indemnification, we and the selling stockholders
will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to
make in respect of those liabilities.
No Sales
of Similar Securities
The underwriters have required all of our directors and
officers, the selling stockholders and certain other of our
stockholders to agree not to offer, sell, agree to sell,
directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of
common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable
for shares of common stock except for the shares of common stock
offered in this offering without the prior written consent of
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for a period
of 60 days or 90 days (as applicable), after the date
of this prospectus.
We have agreed that for a period of 90 days after the date
of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written
consent of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated,
offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock,
except for the shares of common stock offered in this offering,
the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
options on the date of this prospectus and the shares of our
common stock that are issued under our 2010 Equity Incentive
Plan.
The 60 or
90-day
restricted periods described in the preceding two paragraphs,
and described in further detail under Shares Eligible
for Future Sale
Lock-up
Agreements will be automatically extended if:
(1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period
we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a
material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period following the last day of the period, in which case the
restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue
to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or material event.
Nasdaq
Stock Market
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the
symbol SPSC.
Short
Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids
In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in
this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize,
maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock
during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters
may engage in the following activities in accordance with the
rules of the SEC.
102
Short Sales. Short sales involve the sales by the
underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are
required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are
short sales made in an amount not greater than the
underwriters overallotment option to purchase additional
shares from us in this offering. The underwriters may close out
any covered short position by either exercising their
over-allotment option to purchase shares or purchasing shares in
the open market. In determining the source of shares to close
out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider,
among other things, the price of shares available for purchase
in the open market as compared to the price at which they may
purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short
sales are any short sales in excess of such over-allotment
option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position
by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common
stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely
affect investors who purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing Transactions. The underwriters may make
bids for or purchases of the shares for the purpose of pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the shares, so long as
stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
Penalty Bids. If the underwriters purchase shares in
the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate
covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from
the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares
as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering
transactions may cause the price of the shares to be higher than
it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition
of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the
shares if it discourages presales of the shares.
The transactions above may occur on the Nasdaq Global Market or
otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any
representation or prediction as to the effect that the
transactions described above may have on the price of the
shares. If these transactions are commenced, they may be
discontinued without notice at any time.
103
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and
certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
Faegre & Benson
llp, Minneapolis,
Minnesota. The underwriters have been represented in connection
with this offering by Goodwin Procter
llp, Boston,
Massachusetts.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of SPS Commerce, Inc. as of
December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this
prospectus and registration statement have been so included in
reliance on the report of Grant Thornton LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report
thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance
upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common
stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not
contain all of the information included in the registration
statement, portions of which are omitted as permitted by the
rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information
pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this
offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its
exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any
of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references
are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the
exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of
the actual contract, agreement or other document filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement or such other document,
each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference. We are subject to the informational requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act and are required to file annual,
quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other
information with the SEC. These documents are publicly
available, free of charge, on our website (www.spscommerce.com)
as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents
with the SEC.
You can read the registration statement and our future filings
with the SEC over the Internet at the SECs website at
www.sec.gov. You may request copies of the filing, at no cost,
by telephone at
(612) 435-9400
or by mail at SPS Commerce, Inc., 333 South Seventh Street,
Suite 1000, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. You may also read
and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public
reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain
copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the
Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
facilities.
104
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of
Directors and Stockholders
SPS Commerce, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of SPS Commerce,
Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and
2009, and the related statements of operations, redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders deficit, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009. Our audits of the basic financial
statements included the financial statement schedule listed in
the index. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audit included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of SPS Commerce, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the
basic financial statements taken as a whole presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 12, 2010 (except for Note J as to which the
date is April 13, 2010)
F-2
SPS
COMMERCE, INC.
BALANCE
SHEETS
(In
thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
$
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
39,113
|
|
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$308, $226 and $217
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
4,766
|
|
|
|
5,517
|
|
Deferred costs, current
|
|
|
4,058
|
|
|
|
4,126
|
|
|
|
4,581
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
1,440
|
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
13,122
|
|
|
|
16,263
|
|
|
|
50,202
|
|
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer equipment and purchased software
|
|
|
7,560
|
|
|
|
8,542
|
|
|
|
9,731
|
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
|
1,660
|
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
|
|
1,719
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,829
|
|
|
|
10,829
|
|
|
|
12,059
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(7,020)
|
|
|
|
(8,309)
|
|
|
|
(9,457)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,809
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
2,602
|
|
GOODWILL
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
1,166
|
|
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred costs, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,587
|
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
|
|
1,887
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets
|
|
|
1,654
|
|
|
|
1,680
|
|
|
|
1,967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,197
|
|
|
$
|
21,919
|
|
|
$
|
56,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT)
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
$
|
441
|
|
|
$
|
338
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
Equipment and term loans
|
|
|
1,409
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
|
|
Line of credit, net of discount
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
1,884
|
|
|
|
3,005
|
|
|
|
3,719
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
1,071
|
|
|
|
889
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
Current portion of deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,574
|
|
|
|
3,407
|
|
|
|
3,674
|
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
9,127
|
|
|
|
11,290
|
|
|
|
9,594
|
|
Deferred revenue, less current portion
|
|
|
4,014
|
|
|
|
4,025
|
|
|
|
4,624
|
|
Equipment and term loans, less current portion
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
15,077
|
|
|
|
16,607
|
|
|
|
14,507
|
|
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value; 1,182,217, 1,182,217 and 0 shares
authorized, 1,154,151, 1,154,151 and 0 shares issued and
outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $10,000,
$10,000 and $0, respectively
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 6,274,329, 6,274,329 and 0 shares
authorized; 5,688,116, 5,688,116 and 0 shares issued and
outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $21,112,
$21,112 and $0, respectively
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
20,658
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock,
$0.001 par value, 1,602,000, 1,602,000 and 0 shares
authorized; 1,251,559, 1,251,559 and 0 shares issued and
outstanding; aggregate liquidation preference of $7,500, $7,500
and $0, respectively
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
65,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 0, 0, and
5,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 13,442,303, 13,442,303, and
55,000,000 shares authorized; 331,145, 327,113 and
11,627,743 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
4,970
|
|
|
|
5,186
|
|
|
|
104,916
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(66,814)
|
|
|
|
(65,652)
|
|
|
|
(63,208)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(61,844)
|
|
|
|
(60,466)
|
|
|
|
41,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,197
|
|
|
$
|
21,919
|
|
|
$
|
56,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-3
SPS
COMMERCE, INC.
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
For the Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
25,198
|
|
|
$
|
30,697
|
|
|
$
|
37,746
|
|
|
$
|
27,765
|
|
|
$
|
32,678
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
|
6,379
|
|
|
|
9,258
|
|
|
|
11,715
|
|
|
|
8,742
|
|
|
|
9,293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
18,819
|
|
|
|
21,439
|
|
|
|
26,031
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
23,385
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
11,636
|
|
|
|
12,493
|
|
|
|
13,506
|
|
|
|
10,005
|
|
|
|
11,768
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3,546
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
4,305
|
|
|
|
3,226
|
|
|
|
3,218
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,458
|
|
|
|
6,716
|
|
|
|
6,339
|
|
|
|
4,671
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
20,640
|
|
|
|
22,849
|
|
|
|
24,150
|
|
|
|
17,902
|
|
|
|
20,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(1,821)
|
|
|
|
(1,410)
|
|
|
|
1,881
|
|
|
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
2,594
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(439)
|
|
|
|
(419)
|
|
|
|
(270)
|
|
|
|
(225)
|
|
|
|
(66)
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
(358)
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
(93)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(319)
|
|
|
|
(391)
|
|
|
|
(628)
|
|
|
|
(112)
|
|
|
|
(55)
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(16)
|
|
|
|
(94)
|
|
|
|
(91)
|
|
|
|
(60)
|
|
|
|
(96)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156)
|
|
|
$
|
(1,895)
|
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(11.65)
|
|
|
$
|
(6.45)
|
|
|
$
|
3.53
|
|
|
$
|
2.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
$
|
(11.65)
|
|
|
$
|
(6.45)
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
Weighted average common shares used to compute net income (loss)
per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
Fully diluted
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
9,268
|
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
11,275
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity (Deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
(Deficit)
|
|
|
Balances at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
1,154,151
|
|
|
$
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
5,759,246
|
|
|
$
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
58,520
|
|
|
|
122,169
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,717
|
|
|
$
|
(62,763)
|
|
|
$
|
(58,046)
|
|
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of
offering costs of $56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,251,559
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,156)
|
|
|
|
(2,156)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,154,151
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
5,759,246
|
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
1,251,559
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
246,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,808
|
|
|
|
(64,919)
|
|
|
|
(60,111)
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,895)
|
|
|
|
(1,895)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,154,151
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
5,759,246
|
|
|
|
20,844
|
|
|
|
1,251,559
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
65,964
|
|
|
|
331,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,970
|
|
|
|
(66,814)
|
|
|
|
(61,844)
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Repurchase of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(71,130)
|
|
|
|
(186)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(186)
|
|
|
|
(19,672)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,162
|
|
|
|
1,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,154,151
|
|
|
|
37,676
|
|
|
|
5,688,116
|
|
|
|
20,658
|
|
|
|
1,251,559
|
|
|
|
7,444
|
|
|
|
65,778
|
|
|
|
327,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,186
|
|
|
|
(65,652)
|
|
|
|
(60,466)
|
|
Stock-based compensation (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Exercise of stock options (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
(1,154,151)
|
|
|
|
(37,676)
|
|
|
|
(5,688,116)
|
|
|
|
(20,658)
|
|
|
|
(1,251,559)
|
|
|
|
(7,444)
|
|
|
|
(65,778)
|
|
|
|
8,093,826
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
65,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,778
|
|
Conversion of warrants to purchase redeemable convertible
preferred stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
596
|
|
Initial public offering, net of costs (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,114,504
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
32,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,901
|
|
Net income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,443
|
|
|
|
2,443
|
|
Other (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
11,627,743
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
104,916
|
|
|
$
|
(63,208)
|
|
|
$
|
41,720
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-5
SPS
COMMERCE, INC.
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Nine
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
1,963
|
|
|
|
1,445
|
|
|
|
1,082
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Amortization of debt issue costs
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Change in carrying value of preferred stock warrants
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
Non-cash interest expense
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of business
acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(800
|
)
|
|
|
(811
|
)
|
|
|
(641
|
)
|
|
|
(574
|
)
|
|
|
(975
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
(655
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
450
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
Deferred costs
|
|
|
(2,885
|
)
|
|
|
(1,659
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(128
|
)
|
|
|
(724
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
(287
|
)
|
Interest payable
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,849
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
(510
|
)
|
|
|
1,121
|
|
|
|
1,319
|
|
|
|
714
|
|
Deferred rent
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(803
|
)
|
|
|
(807
|
)
|
|
|
5,158
|
|
|
|
4,087
|
|
|
|
4,072
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(1,123
|
)
|
|
|
(884
|
)
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
|
|
(506
|
)
|
|
|
(1,230
|
)
|
Maturities of short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of short-term investments
|
|
|
(1,263
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(2,386
|
)
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
|
|
(506
|
)
|
|
|
(1,230
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on line of credit
|
|
|
3,125
|
|
|
|
10,425
|
|
|
|
16,325
|
|
|
|
12,025
|
|
|
|
4,450
|
|
Payments on line of credit
|
|
|
(2,875
|
)
|
|
|
(10,125
|
)
|
|
|
(16,125
|
)
|
|
|
(12,025
|
)
|
|
|
(5,950
|
)
|
Proceeds from equipment loans
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on equipment loans
|
|
|
(432
|
)
|
|
|
(721
|
)
|
|
|
(730
|
)
|
|
|
(580
|
)
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
Payments on term loan
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
(621
|
)
|
|
|
(679
|
)
|
|
|
(500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Payments of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(117
|
)
|
|
|
(529
|
)
|
|
|
(534
|
)
|
|
|
(420
|
)
|
|
|
(338
|
)
|
Net proceeds from initial public offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,902
|
|
Proceeds from preferred stock
|
|
|
6,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of preferred and common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(201
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
6,101
|
|
|
|
(711
|
)
|
|
|
(1,942
|
)
|
|
|
(1,500
|
)
|
|
|
30,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
2,912
|
|
|
|
(1,139
|
)
|
|
|
2,216
|
|
|
|
2,081
|
|
|
|
33,182
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
1,942
|
|
|
|
4,854
|
|
|
|
3,715
|
|
|
|
3,715
|
|
|
|
5,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
4,854
|
|
|
$
|
3,715
|
|
|
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
5,796
|
|
|
|
39,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
512
|
|
|
$
|
374
|
|
|
$
|
285
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations incurred
|
|
$
|
1,407
|
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock upon conversion of debt
|
|
$
|
1,292
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
statements.
F-6
SPS
COMMERCE, INC.
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
NOTE A
|
BUSINESS
DESCRIPTION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Business
Description
SPS Commerce, Inc. (the Company) is a leading
provider of on-demand supply chain management solutions,
providing integration, collaboration, connectivity, visibility
and data analytics to thousands of customers worldwide. The
Company provides its solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a hosted
software suite that improves the way suppliers, retailers,
distributors and other customers manage and fulfill orders. The
Company derives the majority of its revenues from thousands of
monthly recurring subscriptions from businesses that utilize the
Companys solutions.
Use of
Estimates
Preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Risk and
Uncertainties
The company relies on hardware and software licensed from third
parties to offer its on-demand management solutions. Management
believes alternate sources are available; however, disruption or
termination of these relationships could adversely affect the
Companys operating results in the near term.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Information
The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2010,
the statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, and the statements of
redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders
equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30,
2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements
have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial
statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all
adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments,
necessary to present fairly the Companys financial
position and results of operations and cash flows for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010. The financial
data and other information disclosed in these notes to the
financial statements related to the nine-month periods are
unaudited. The results of the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the year ending December 31,
2010 or for any other interim period of any other future year.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid
investments with original maturities when purchased of less than
90 days.
F-7
Concentration
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary
cash investments in financial institutions in excess of
federally insured limits and trade accounts receivable.
Temporary cash investments are held with financial institutions
that the Company believes are subject to minimal risk.
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable are initially recorded upon the sale of
products to customers. Credit is granted in the normal course of
business without collateral. Accounts receivable are stated net
of allowances for doubtful accounts, which represent estimated
losses resulting from the inability of customers to make the
required payments. Accounts that are outstanding longer than the
contractual terms are considered past due. When determining the
allowances for doubtful accounts, the Company takes several
factors into consideration including the overall composition of
the accounts receivable aging, the Companys prior history
of accounts receivable write-offs, the type of customers and the
Companys
day-to-day
knowledge of specific customers. The Company writes off accounts
receivable when they become uncollectible. Changes in the
allowances for doubtful accounts are recorded as bad debt
expense and are included in general and administrative expense
in the Companys statements of operations.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment, including assets acquired under capital
lease obligations, are stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are
computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the
estimated useful lives of the individual assets or the lease
term.
The estimated useful lives are:
|
|
|
Computer equipment and purchased software
|
|
2 5 years
|
Office equipment and furniture
|
|
5 7 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
2 7 years
|
Significant additions or improvements extending asset lives
beyond one year are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance
are charged to expense as incurred. The assets and related
accumulated depreciation and amortization accounts are adjusted
for asset retirements and disposals with the resulting gain or
loss included in net income (loss).
Research
and Development
Costs incurred to develop software applications used in the
Companys on-demand supply chain management solution are
accounted for in accordance with
ASC 350-40,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. Capitalizable
costs consists of (a) certain external direct costs of
materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining
internal-use computer software and (b) payroll and
payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated
with, and who devote time to, the project. These costs generally
consist of internal labor during configuration, coding and
testing activities. Research and development costs incurred
during the preliminary project stage or costs incurred for data
conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and
administrative or overhead costs are expensed as incurred. Costs
that cannot be separated between maintenance of, and relatively
minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are
also expensed as incurred. Capitalization begins when the
preliminary project stage is complete, management with the
relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the
software project, it is probable the project will be completed,
the software will be used to perform the functions intended and
certain functional and quality standards have been met.
Historically, no projects have had material costs beyond the
preliminary project stage.
The Companys research and development efforts during 2007,
2008 and 2009, related to its on-demand supply
F-8
chain management solution were primarily maintenance and data
conversion activities. As such, the Company did not capitalize
any research and development costs during 2007, 2008 and 2009.
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a
long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and
eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for
recoverability, whether in use or under development. An
impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying
amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. There has
been no impairment of these assets to date.
Income
Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes using the asset and
liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences
of events that have been included in the financial statements.
Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on the difference between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted
tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are
expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a
valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not
presently more likely than not.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the
provisions of
ASC 740-10,
Income Taxes. Previously, the Company had accounted for
tax contingencies in accordance with
ASC 450-10,
Contingencies. As required by
ASC 740-10
the Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax
position only after determining that the relevant tax authority
would more likely than not sustain the position following an
audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not
threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is
the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent
likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the
relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, the Company
applied
ASC 740-10
to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations
remained open. The implementation of
ASC 740-10
did not have a material impact on the Companys financial
statements.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company generates revenues by providing a number of
solutions to its customers. These solutions include Trading
Partner Integration, Trading Partner Enablement and Trading
Partner Intelligence. All of the Companys solutions are
hosted applications that allow customers to meet their supply
chain management requirements. Revenues from its Trading Partner
Integration and Trading Partner Intelligence solutions are
generated through
set-up fees
and recurring monthly hosting fees. Revenues from its Trading
Partner Enablement solutions are generally one-time service fees.
Fees related to recurring monthly hosting services and one-time
services are recognized when the services are provided. The
recurring monthly fee is comprised of both a fixed and
transaction based fee. Revenue is recorded in accordance with
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 104, Revenue Recognition in
Financial Statements, when all of the following criteria are
met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(2) delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed and
determinable and (4) collectability is probable. If
collection is not considered probable, revenues are recognized
when the fees are collected.
Set-up fees
paid by customers in connection with the Companys
solutions, as well as associated direct and incremental costs,
such as labor and commissions, are deferred and recognized
ratably over the expected life of the customer relationship,
which is generally two years. The Company continues to evaluate
and adjust the length of these amortization periods as more
experience is gained with customer renewals, contract
cancellations and technology changes requested by its customers.
It is possible that, in the future, the estimates of expected
customer
F-9
lives may change and, if so, the periods over which such
subscription
set-up fees
and costs are amortized will be adjusted. Any such change in
estimated expected customer lives will affect the Companys
future operations.
In accordance with
ASC 605-45,
Revenue Recognition, taxes are presented on a net-basis.
Basic and
Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Net income (loss) per share has been computed using the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each
period. Diluted amounts per share include the impact of the
Companys outstanding potential common shares, such as
options and warrants and redeemable convertible preferred stock.
Potential common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from
the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per common share.
The following table sets forth the components of the computation
of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share for the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,895
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
|
|
|
184,684
|
|
|
|
293,868
|
|
|
|
329,049
|
|
Options and warrants to purchase common and preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
791,295
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,147,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, fully diluted
|
|
|
184,684
|
|
|
|
293,868
|
|
|
|
9,267,785
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share-basic
|
|
$
|
(11.65
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
3.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share- fully diluted
|
|
$
|
(11.65
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following outstanding options, redeemable convertible
preferred stock and warrants were excluded from the computation
of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because
including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
1,240,465
|
|
|
|
1,187,583
|
|
|
|
19,016
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
8,164,956
|
|
|
|
8,164,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred and common stock warrants
|
|
|
95,171
|
|
|
|
68,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
ASC 718, Compensation Stock Compensation,
requires the cost of all share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in
the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of
those awards. In accordance with ASC 718, this cost is
recognized over the period for which an employee is required to
provide service in exchange for the award. ASC 718 requires
that the benefits associated with tax deductions in excess of
recognized compensation expense be reported as a financing cash
flow rather than as an operating cash flow. The compensation
cost recognized by the Company for stock options was $46, $157
and $228 at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, there was $466 and $459,
respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to
non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under
the Companys stock option plans. As of December 31,
2008 and 2009, that cost is expected to be recognized on a
straight line basis over a weighted average period of
approximately 2.0 and 2.4 years.
The Company estimates the fair value of the options granted
using the Black-Scholes method. The estimation of
F-10
stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to
the extent actual results differ from the Companys
estimates, such amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the
period estimates are revised. In valuing share-based awards,
significant judgment is required in determining the expected
volatility of common stock and the expected term individuals
will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. Expected
volatility of the stock is based on the Companys peer
group in the industry in which the Company does business because
the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data
for its own stock. The expected term of the options is based on
evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise
behavior.
Advertising
Costs
Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred.
Advertising costs were approximately $655, $85 and $56 at
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Advertising
costs are included in operating expenses in the statement of
operations.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business
combinations. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually
at December 31, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The
impairment test is conducted by comparing the fair value of the
Company with its carrying value. Fair value is determined using
the future cash flows expected to be generated by the reporting
unit. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, goodwill may
be impaired. If this occurs, the fair value is then allocated to
its assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase
price allocation in order to determine the implied fair value of
the reporting unit with goodwill. This implied fair value is
then compared with the carrying amount of goodwill and, if it is
less, the Company would then recognize an impairment loss. There
has been no impairment of the Companys goodwill to date.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible assets include subscriber relationships and covenants
not-to-compete.
The subscriber relationship asset is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over three years, which approximates its
respective useful life. The covenants
not-to-compete
are amortized on a straight-line basis over two years upon
termination of employment of the respective employees.
The carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for intangible
assets is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subscriber relationships
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,822
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Covenants
not-to-compete
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,510
|
|
|
$
|
2,064
|
|
|
$
|
446
|
|
|
$
|
2,510
|
|
|
$
|
2,220
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate amortization expense incurred was $740, $788 and $156
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.
Segment
Information
The Company operates in and reports on one segment, supply chain
management solutions, based upon the provisions of
ASC 280-10,
Segment Reporting.
F-11
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of the Companys financial
instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses,
approximate their fair values due to their short maturities.
Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for
loans with similar terms, the carrying value of debt and capital
lease obligations approximates fair value.
Fair
Value Measurements
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,
for financial assets and liabilities. ASC 820 defines
fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The adoption
of ASC 820 did not have a material impact on the
Companys financial condition or results of operations.
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received
for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in
the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
on the measurement date. ASC 820 also describes three
levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
Level 2 observable inputs other than quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
Level 3 unobservable inputs in which there is
little or no market data available, which require the reporting
entity to develop its own assumptions.
|
The table below presents our assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrants
|
|
$
|
569
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
569
|
|
The following is a reconciliation of the preferred stock
warrants, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis
using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
Total (gains) losses recognized
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
188
|
|
Total (gains) losses recognized
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance that delayed the
effective date of ASC 820 for non-financial assets and
non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or
disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a
recurring basis (at least annually). The Company adopted
ASC 820 for non-financial assets and non-financial
liabilities on January 1, 2009, and such adoption did not
have a material impact on the Companys financial condition
or results of operations.
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires interim
reporting period disclosure about the fair value of certain
financial instruments, effective for interim reporting periods
ending after June 15, 2009. The Company has
F-12
adopted these disclosure requirements. Due to their nature, the
carrying value of cash, receivables, payables and debt
obligations approximates fair value.
In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent
Events. ASC 855 incorporates guidance into accounting
literature that was previously addressed only in auditing
standards. The statement refers to subsequent events that
provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the
balance-sheet date as recognized subsequent events.
Subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that
arose after the balance-sheet date but prior to the issuance of
the financial statements are referred to as non-recognized
subsequent events. The disclosure requirements of
ASC 855 are effective for interim and annual periods ending
after June 15, 2009. In February 2010, ASU
2010-09,
Subsequent Events (Topic 855), Amendments to Certain
Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, was issued to
clarify disclosure requirements and align with SEC subsequent
event disclosure guidelines. The Company has adopted this new
standard.
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification (the Codification) as the
source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the
FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Use of the new
Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending
after September 15, 2009. The Company has used the new
Codification in reference to GAAP in this report and such use
has not impacted the results of the Company.
In October 2009, the FASB issued the following ASUs:
|
|
|
|
|
ASU
No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable
Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues
Task Force; and
|
|
|
ASU
No. 2009-14,
Software (ASC Topic 985), Certain Revenue Arrangements That
Include Software Elements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force.
|
ASU
No. 2009-13: This
guidance modifies the fair value requirements of ASC subtopic
605-25
Revenue Recognition-Multiple Element Arrangements, by
allowing the use of the best estimate of selling
price in addition to VSOE and Vendor Objective Evidence
(now referred to as third-party evidence, or TPE) for
determining the selling price of a deliverable. A vendor is now
required to use its best estimate of the selling price when VSOE
or TPE of the selling price cannot be determined. In addition,
the residual method of allocating arrangement consideration is
no longer permitted.
ASU
No. 2009-14: This
guidance modifies the scope of ASC subtopic
965-605,
Software-Revenue Recognition, to exclude from its
requirements (a) non-software components of tangible
products and (b) software components of tangible products
that are sold, licensed, or leased with tangible products when
the software components and non-software components of the
tangible product function together to deliver the tangible
products essential functionality.
These updates require expanded qualitative and quantitative
disclosures and are effective for fiscal years beginning on or
after June 15, 2010. However, companies may elect to adopt
the updated requirements as early as interim periods ended
September 30, 2009. These updates may be applied either
prospectively from the beginning of the fiscal year for new or
materially modified arrangements or retrospectively. The Company
is currently evaluating the impact of adopting these updates on
its financial statements.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2007 and 2008
financial statements to conform with the presentation used in
2009. These reclassifications had no effect on net income
(loss), stockholders deficit or net income (loss) per
share previously reported.
F-13
|
|
NOTE B
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENT COMPONENTS
|
Debt
Issue Costs
The Company capitalizes all debt issue costs and amortizes these
costs as interest expense over the term of the related debt.
Debt issue costs are included in other assets on the Balance
Sheet. Debt issue costs consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Debt issue costs
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense was $29, $22 and $9 for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.
Accounts
Payable
Accounts payable included the following at December 31,
2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Costs incurred for initial public offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
Other accounts payable
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
804
|
|
|
$
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
expenses and other current liabilities
Other expenses and other current liabilities included the
following at December 31, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Costs accrued for initial public offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
377
|
|
Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
567
|
|
|
$
|
1,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes at December 31, 2007, 2008
and 2009, consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax provision includes estimated federal alternative minimum
taxes, state taxes and deferred tax expense related to book and
income tax basis differences in goodwill created in the Owens
Direct asset acquisition.
F-14
A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) to the
statutory federal rate is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Expected federal income tax at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
(728
|
)
|
|
$
|
(612
|
)
|
|
$
|
420
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax effect
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
52
|
|
Meals and entertainment
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Stock warrants
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
(805
|
)
|
Change in state deferred rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Prior year
true-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
AMT expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had net operating loss
carryforwards of $53,437 for U.S. federal tax purposes and
$32,491 for state tax purposes. These loss carryforwards expire
between 2010 and 2029. To the extent these net operating loss
carryforwards are available, the Company will use them to reduce
its corporate income tax liability associated with its
operations. Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue
Code generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net
operating loss carryforwards that might be used to offset
taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant
changes in stock ownership. Due to changes in ownership, some of
the Companys net operating loss carryforwards will be
limited.
Significant components of the Companys deferred tax assets
and liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable allowances
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(400
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforward
|
|
$
|
19,867
|
|
|
$
|
19,096
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
761
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
|
|
|
21,186
|
|
|
|
20,384
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(21,268
|
)
|
|
|
(20,494
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys net deferred tax assets have been reduced
fully by a valuation allowance, as realization is not considered
to be likely based on an assessment of the history of losses and
the likelihood of sufficient future taxable income. The deferred
tax liability recorded at December 31, 2009 and 2008
relates to goodwill created in the Owens Direct asset
acquisition which is deductible for tax purposes.
In the event the Company realizes its deferred tax assets in the
future, approximately $29 of the NOL carry-forwards were
generated through stock option deductions and will be recorded
in additional paid-in capital rather than offset income tax
expense.
F-15
It is the Companys practice to recognize penalties
and/or
interest to income tax matters in income tax expenses. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company did not have an accrual for
interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The
Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax
examinations by tax authorities for tax years before 2006. The
Company is open to state tax audits until the applicable
statutes of limitations expire.
|
|
NOTE D
|
LINE OF
CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT
|
On March 30, 2009, the Company agreed to terms with a
lender to provide for equipment loans in the aggregate amount
not to exceed $1,100. All loans are payable in 36 monthly
installments of principal and interest at 12.75%. The Company
entered into an equipment loan with the same lender on
March 24, 2008 to provide equipment loans in the aggregate
amount not to exceed $1,250. All loans are payable in
36 monthly installments of principal and interest at 9.25%
plus the greater of 2.55% or the yield for the three-year
U.S. Treasury note on the date of the advance.
The Company entered in to an equipment loan agreement with the
same lender on March 20, 2007 in the aggregate amount not
to exceed $1,250. All loans from the agreement dated
March 20, 2007 are payable in 36 monthly installments
of principal and interest at 7.20% plus the greater of 4.84% or
the yield for the three-year U.S. treasury note on the date
of the advance.
On February 3, 2006, the Company entered into a loan and
security agreement with the same lender which included a $2,000
term loan, an equipment loan not to exceed an aggregate of
$1,250, and a revolving line of credit. The revolving line of
credit was limited to the lesser of $1,250 or 85% of eligible
domestic accounts receivable plus 70% of eligible foreign
accounts receivable less any reserves. On April 8, 2009,
the Company agreed to terms for a renewal of the revolving line
of credit which provides for available borrowings up to $3,500
based on eligible receivables, and expires on March 31,
2010.
Each loan is collateralized by the assets of the Company and
contains certain nonfinancial covenants with which the Company
was in compliance at December 31, 2009. The fair value of
the preferred stock warrant issued in connection with the loan
and security agreement was $160 and was recorded as a debt
discount. This debt discount is being amortized to interest
expense over the weighted average life of the term loan,
equipment loan and the revolving line of credit.
At December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Companys
outstanding borrowings under the revolving line of credit were
$1,300 and $1,500 with effective interest rates of 9.50% and
9.00%, respectively.
The long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Term note of $2,000 payable in six monthly interest only
payments followed by 39 monthly payments of principal and
interest at 6.95% plus the greater of 4.54% or the yield for the
four-year U.S. Treasury note on the date of the loan (effective
rate of 11.60% and 0% at December 31, 2008 and
2009) through December 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
697
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Equipment line all loans made under the equipment
line are payable in 36 monthly installments of principal
and interest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Various equipment loans interest ranging from 11.49%
to 12.53% and due at dates through January 1, 2012
|
|
|
1,462
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
2,159
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
Less: discount
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt, less discount
|
|
|
2,141
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
Less: current maturities
|
|
|
(1,409
|
)
|
|
|
(499
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
$
|
233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
Future maturities of long-term debt are as follows for the year
ended December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
499
|
|
2011
|
|
|
224
|
|
2012
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE E
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
Capital
Leases
The Company leases certain computer equipment under capital
leases that bear interest ranging from 8.9% to 10.75%. A summary
of the Companys property under these leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Computer equipment and purchased software
|
|
$
|
1,664
|
|
|
$
|
1,664
|
|
Less: accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(795
|
)
|
|
|
(892
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
869
|
|
|
$
|
772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future minimum payments under capital leases are as follows for
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
366
|
|
2011
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
|
491
|
|
Less: amount representing interest
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of minimum lease payments
|
|
|
460
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
Leases
The Company is obligated under non-cancellable operating leases
primarily for office space. In addition to base rent under the
leases, the Company pays utilities and its pro rata share of
real estate taxes. Rent expense charged to operations was $580,
$663 and $682 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008
and 2009.
Future minimum lease payments are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
776
|
|
2011
|
|
|
787
|
|
2012
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
Incentive Agreements
During 2002, the board of directors of the Company approved
management incentive agreements that provide for a bonus to be
paid to certain executive officers upon the sale of the Company.
The aggregate bonus is equal to 0.322% of the amount of the
purchase price, as defined, exceeding $25,000 and less than
$65,000. The aggregate bonus under these agreements is limited
to $150. The management incentive agreements terminate on
June 30,
F-17
2012, regardless of employment status. At December 31, 2008
and 2009, no expense or liability had been recorded relating to
these agreements.
Other
Contingencies
The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions in
the normal course of business. Management believes that the
outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant
adverse effect on the Companys financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
|
|
NOTE F
|
STOCKHOLDERS
DEFICIT
|
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company has issued various classes of redeemable convertible
preferred stock. The holders of Series A, B, and C
redeemable convertible preferred stock have the option to put
their shares back to the Company at the liquidation preference
value, as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, in the
event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company. Certain events defined in the Certificate of
Incorporation are deemed to be a liquidation.
None of the Series A, B and C redeemable convertible
preferred stock have a mandatory redemption feature. In the
event of liquidation, as defined, the holders of Series C
redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to
receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any
assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of
Series B and A redeemable convertible preferred stock or
common stock, an amount in cash equal to $5.99 per share plus
accrued unpaid dividends. After the liquidation payment to
Series C redeemable convertible preferred stockholders, the
holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock
shall be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any
distribution of any assets or surplus funds of the Company to
the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred
stock or common stock, an amount in cash equal to $3.67 per
share plus accrued unpaid dividends. After the liquidation
payment of Series B redeemable convertible preferred
stockholders, the holders of Series A redeemable
convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior
to and in preference to any distribution of any assets or
surplus funds of the Company to the holders of common stock, an
amount in cash equal to $8.65 per share plus accrued unpaid
dividends. After the liquidation payment to Series C, B and
A redeemable convertible preferred stockholders, holders of
common stock and Series A, B and C redeemable convertible
preferred stock shall share pro rata in the remaining assets of
the Company.
Each share of Series A, B, and C redeemable convertible
preferred stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible
into common shares at a conversion ratio which was 1 to 1 at
December 31, 2009. The conversion ratio is equal to the
conversion value divided by the conversion price. The conversion
value and conversion price were initially set in the
Companys Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation at $8.65, $3.67 and $5.99 for the Series A, B
and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, respectively. The
conversion price is subject to adjustment for certain dilutive
issuances. The Company has not issued any dilutive instruments
which would adjust the conversion price. Therefore, at
December 31, 2009, the conversion value and the conversion
price have not changed since they were initially set.
Each share of Series A, B and C redeemable convertible
preferred stock shall automatically and immediately be converted
into shares of common stock upon the closing of a public
offering pursuant to an effective registration statement at the
then effective conversion ratio, if the offering price per share
is not less than $13.45 and the gross proceeds to the Company
are at least $20,000. Each share of redeemable convertible
preferred stock is subject to weighted-average anti-dilution
price protection. The holders of the redeemable convertible
preferred stock are entitled to dividends only when declared. No
dividends have been declared since the issuance of the
redeemable convertible preferred stock. Generally, holders of
Series A, B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock
shall vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders,
except those required by law to be submitted to a class vote.
F-18
|
|
NOTE G
|
SHARE-BASED
COMPENSATION
|
At December 31, 2009, there were 122,706 options available
for grant under approved stock option plans. At
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 there were 155 stock
options outstanding issued outside the stock option plans. The
stock options generally vest over three to four years and
generally have a contractual term of ten years from the date of
grant. The 2001 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of
incentive and nonqualified stock options to employees,
non-employee directors, and other consultants who provide
services to the Company. The 2001 Stock Option Plan provides
that grants of incentive stock options cannot be less than 110%
of the fair market value of the Companys common stock on
the date of grant and the exercise price of incentive stock
options granted to any other employees may not be less than 100%
of the fair market value of the Companys common stock on
the date of grant.
Stock
Options
A summary of the Companys stock option activity is
presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Price($/Sh)
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
1,092,989
|
|
|
$
|
1.94
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
311,085
|
|
|
|
3.27
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(124,593
|
)
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(39,016
|
)
|
|
|
0.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,240,465
|
|
|
|
2.48
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
46,191
|
|
|
|
4.62
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(82,151
|
)
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(16,922
|
)
|
|
|
3.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,187,583
|
|
|
|
2.69
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
339,187
|
|
|
|
2.86
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(15,640
|
)
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(262,925
|
)
|
|
|
7.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,248,205
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes our stock option grants from
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009 and our
contemporaneous valuations for those grants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Value(s)
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Estimate
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Valuation
|
Period of Grant
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Price(s)
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Date(s)
|
|
First Quarter 2009
|
|
|
82,503
|
|
|
$
|
3.45
|
|
|
$
|
3.45
|
|
|
$
|
664
|
|
|
February 10, 2009
|
Second Quarter 2009
|
|
|
99,858
|
|
|
$
|
2.43-$2.55
|
|
|
$
|
2.43-$2.55
|
|
|
$
|
903
|
|
|
April 1, 2009 and
April 22, 2009
|
Third Quarter 2009(1)
|
|
|
238,527
|
|
|
$
|
3.03
|
|
|
$
|
3.03
|
|
|
$
|
2,019
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
Fourth Quarter 2009
|
|
|
801
|
|
|
$
|
3.71
|
|
|
$
|
3.71
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
October 22, 2009
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On July 23, 2009, 237,726 options were modified to lower
the per share exercise price to $3.03. |
F-19
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise Price Per Share
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Price($/Sh)
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price($/Sh)
|
|
|
$0.375
|
|
|
752,755
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
746,756
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
$0.41 $7.45
|
|
|
476,453
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
2.85
|
|
|
|
220,512
|
|
|
|
2.94
|
|
$7.49 $11.24
|
|
|
17,802
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
7.49
|
|
|
|
17,802
|
|
|
|
7.49
|
|
$149.81 $247.19
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
224.79
|
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
224.72
|
|
$383.52 $432.96
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
383.52
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
383.52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,248,205
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
986,265
|
|
|
$
|
1.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended
December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 was $280, $346, and $101.
The weighted-average fair value of the options granted during
2007, 2008 and 2009 were $1.76, $2.40, and $1.54 respectively.
The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date
of grant using the Black-Scholes method with the following
assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Weighted-average volatility
|
|
|
52.0
|
%
|
|
|
53.0
|
%
|
|
49% - 53%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
0.0%
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
4.0 - 7.0
|
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
2.71% - 4.01%
|
The expected term of the options is based on evaluations of
historical and expected future employee exercise behavior. The
risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates
at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to
the expected life at the grant date. Volatility is based on
historic volatilities from traded shares of a selected publicly
traded peer group. It is not routine for the Company to issue
dividends and it does not expect to do so in the future.
On July 23, 2009, the Company unilaterally amended the
terms of 237,726 stock options granted to 17 employees and
one director to reduce the exercise price for all the shares
subject to each option to $3.03 per share, which was the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of the amendments.
The amendments did not change the vesting provisions or the
number of shares subject to any of the option awards. This was
accounted for as a stock option modification and required the
remeasurement of these stock options. This remeasurement
resulted in total additional incremental stock-based
compensation cost of $60, which will be recognized ratably over
the remaining vesting period of the original awards. Of the $228
of stock based compensation recognized in the period ended
December 31, 2009, approximately $32 related to the
stock-based compensation costs associated with the modified
options.
Common
Stock Warrants
The Company had 200 and 0 warrants outstanding to purchase
common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $393.26
per share, at December 31, 2008 and 2009.
Preferred
Stock Warrants
At December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company had warrants
outstanding to purchase 68,201 shares of Series B
redeemable convertible preferred stock, with exercise prices of
$3.67 per share. These warrants expire on dates ranging from May
2011 to February 2016.
The Company is required to classify the outstanding warrants to
purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock as
F-20
a liability on its balance sheet and record adjustments to their
fair value in the statements of operations. The Company recorded
income (expense) of $(69), $(45) and $(381) for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. This expense was recorded
in other income (expense). The warrants are subject to
revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change in fair
value is recognized as a component of other income (expense),
net, until conversion of the preferred stock warrants to common
stock upon completion of the Companys initial public
offering.
|
|
NOTE H
|
EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN
|
The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement savings plan whereby
employees are allowed to contribute up to 100% of their salaries
and the Company will match 25% up to the first 6%. The
Companys contributions vest immediately. Company
contributions to the plan were $124, $172 and $219, respectively
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.
The Company provides limited guarantees to certain customers
through service level agreements. These agreements are defined
in the master agreements with the customer and performance is
measured on a monthly basis for the life of the contracts.
Service level agreements require the Company to perform at
specified levels, which would include, but are not limited to,
document processing times, data center availability, customer
support and issue resolution.
|
|
NOTE J
|
SUBSEQUENT
EVENT
|
On April 13, 2010, the Company effected a 0.267 for 1
reverse stock split in the form of a combination of the
Companys outstanding stock. All shares and per share
amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
and notes to the financial statements have been retroactively
adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to the reverse
stock split.
|
|
NOTE K
|
SUBSEQUENT
EVENT INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING (Unaudited)
|
The Company is reissuing its 2009 financial statements to be
included in a registration statement to sell 100,000 shares
of common stock by the Company and 2,771,240 shares of
common stock by selling shareholders. In connection with the
reissuance of these financial statements, the Company has
considered whether there are other subsequent events that have
occurred since April 13, 2010 through the date of the
registration filing that require recognition or disclosure in
the 2009 financial statements and believes that there are no
such events except for the item described below.
On April 27, 2010, the Company completed an initial public
offering of 4,711,198 shares of common stock at an offering
price of $12.00 per share. The Company issued and sold
3,114,504 shares, including 614,504 shares sold
pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters
over-allotment option, and the selling stockholders sold
1,596,694 shares. Proceeds of approximately $33,000 were
received, after payment of underwriting discounts and
commissions and legal, accounting and other fees incurred in
connection with the offering.
At the close of the initial public offering, the outstanding
shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock were
automatically converted into 8,093,826 shares of common
stock and warrants to purchase 68,201 shares of redeemable
convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to
purchase 68,201 shares of common stock.
F-21
NOTE U-A
GENERAL
Business
Description
We are a leading provider of on-demand supply chain management
solutions, providing integration, collaboration, connectivity,
visibility and data analytics to thousands of customers
worldwide. We provide our solutions through SPSCommerce.net, a
hosted software suite that improves the way suppliers,
retailers, distributors and other customers manage and fulfill
orders. We deliver our solutions to our customers over the
Internet using a Software-as-a-Service model and derive the
majority of our revenues from thousands of monthly recurring
subscriptions from businesses that utilize our solutions.
Basis of
Presentation
The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America for interim financial
information and with the instructions to
Form 10-Q
and
Rule 10-01
of
Regulation S-X.
Accordingly, these financial statements do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America. We have
included all normal recurring adjustments considered necessary
to give a fair statement of our financial position, results of
operations and cash flows for the interim periods shown.
Operating results for these interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
Use of
Estimates
Preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Information
The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2010,
the statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, and the statements of
redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders
equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30,
2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements
have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial
statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all
adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments,
necessary to present fairly the Companys financial
position and results of operations and cash flows for the nine
months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010. The financial
data and other information disclosed in these notes to the
financial statements related to the nine-month periods are
unaudited. The results of the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the year ending December 31,
2010 or for any other interim period of any other future year.
Significant
Accounting Policies
During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, there were
no significant changes in our significant accounting policies.
See Note A to our financial statements for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 for additional information
regarding our significant accounting policies.
F-22
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 855, Subsequent Events. ASC 855
incorporates guidance into accounting literature that was
previously addressed only in auditing standards. The statement
refers to subsequent events that provide additional evidence
about conditions that existed at the balance-sheet date as
recognized subsequent events. Subsequent events that
provide evidence about conditions that arose after the
balance-sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial
statements are referred to as non-recognized subsequent
events. The disclosure requirements of ASC 855 were
effective for interim and annual periods ending after
June 15, 2009. In February 2010, Accounting Standards
Update (ASU)
2010-09,
Subsequent Events (Topic 855), Amendments to Certain
Recognition and Disclosure Requirements, was issued to
clarify disclosure requirements and align with SEC subsequent
event disclosure guidelines. We have adopted this new standard.
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes the FASB
Accounting Standards Codification as the source of authoritative
accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by
nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial
statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP). Use of the new
codification was effective for interim and annual periods ending
after September 15, 2009. We have used the new codification
in reference to GAAP in this report.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605), Multiple-Deliverable
Revenue Arrangements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues
Task Force. This guidance modifies the fair value
requirements of ASC subtopic
605-25,
Revenue Recognition-Multiple Element Arrangements, by
allowing the use of the best estimate of selling
price in addition to Vendor Objective Evidence (now
referred to as third-party evidence or TPE) for determining the
selling price of a deliverable. A vendor is now required to use
its best estimate of the selling price when Vendor Specific
Objective Evidence or TPE of the selling price cannot be
determined. In addition, the residual method of allocating
arrangement consideration is no longer permitted.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-14,
Software (ASC Topic 985), Certain Revenue Arrangements That
Include Software Elements, a consensus of the FASB Emerging
Issues Task Force. This guidance modifies the scope of ASC
subtopic
965-605,
Software-Revenue Recognition, to exclude from its
requirements (a) non-software components of tangible
products and (b) software components of tangible products
that are sold, licensed or leased with tangible products when
the software components and non-software components of the
tangible product function together to deliver the tangible
products essential functionality.
ASU
No. 2009-13
and ASU
No. 2009-14
both require expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures
and are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
June 15, 2010. However, companies may elect to adopt the
updated requirements as early as interim periods ended
September 30, 2009. These updates may be applied either
prospectively from the beginning of the fiscal year for new or
materially modified arrangements or retrospectively. We are
currently evaluating the impact of adopting these updates.
F-23
NOTE U-B
FINANCIAL STATEMENT COMPONENTS
Intangible
Assets
Intangible assets included the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subscriber relationships
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Covenants
not-to-compete
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,510
|
|
|
$
|
2,220
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There was no amortization expense for intangible assets for the
nine months ended September 30, 2010. Amortization expense
was $155,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
Accounts
Payable
Accounts payable included the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Costs incurred for initial public offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other accounts payable
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities included the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Costs accrued for initial public offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE U-C
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, which include
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable
and other accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to
their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently
available to us for debt with similar terms, the carrying value
of our capital lease obligations approximates fair value.
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines
fair value as the price that would be received for an asset or
paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or
most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants on the
measurement date. ASC 820 also describes three levels of
inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
Level 2 observable inputs other than quoted
prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
|
F-24
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 unobservable inputs in which there is
little or no market data available, which require the reporting
entity to develop its own assumptions.
|
The table below presents our assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2010
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
39,113
|
|
|
$
|
39,113
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The table below presents our assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
5,931
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrants
|
|
$
|
569
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
569
|
|
We previously had warrants outstanding to purchase
68,201 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible
preferred stock. The fair value of these warrants was $569,000
at December 31, 2009. With the completion of our initial
public offering in April 2010, these warrants were converted
into warrants to purchase common stock and the related liability
was transferred to additional paid-in capital in our balance
sheets. See
Note U-E
for additional information.
The table below presents a reconciliation of our preferred stock
warrants, which were measured at fair value on a recurring basis
using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
569
|
|
Total losses recognized
|
|
|
27
|
|
Converted into warrants to purchase common stock and liability
transferred to additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
(596
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE U-D
DEBT
We maintained a credit facility with BlueCrest Venture Finance
Master Fund Limited which provided us a series of equipment
and term loans as well as a revolving line of credit. We
terminated this credit facility, effective March 31, 2010,
such that no new borrowings will be made and all related
outstanding indebtedness was repaid during the quarter ended
June 30, 2010.
NOTE U-E
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Reverse
Stock Split
On April 13, 2010, we effected a 0.267 for 1 reverse stock
split in the form of a combination of our outstanding stock. All
share and per share amounts in the accompanying financial
statements and notes have been retroactively adjusted for all
periods presented to give effect to the reverse stock split.
Initial
Public Offering
On April 27, 2010, we completed our initial public offering
of 4,711,198 shares of common stock at an offering price of
$12.00 per share. We issued and sold 3,114,504 shares,
including 614,504 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in
full of the underwriters over-allotment option, and the
selling stockholders sold 1,596,694 shares. We received
proceeds of approximately $33.0 million, after payment of
underwriting discounts and commissions and
F-25
legal, accounting and other fees incurred in connection with the
offering. On April 30, 2010, approximately $555,000 of the
net proceeds was used to repay principal and interest on certain
outstanding equipment loans.
At the close of the initial public offering, our outstanding
shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock were
automatically converted into 8,093,826 shares of common
stock and warrants to purchase 68,201 shares of redeemable
convertible preferred stock were converted into warrants to
purchase 68,201 shares of common stock. Accordingly, the
related warrant liability of approximately $596,000 was
transferred to additional paid-in capital in our balance sheet.
These common stock warrants have an exercise price of $3.67 per
share and expiration dates ranging from May 2011 to February
2016.
Preferred
Stock Warrants
As discussed above, we previously had warrants outstanding to
purchase 68,201 shares of our Series B redeemable
convertible preferred stock. These warrants had an exercise
price of $3.67 per share and expiration dates ranging from May
2011 to February 2016. We classified these outstanding warrants
as a liability in our balance sheets. These warrants were
subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date and any change
in fair market value was recognized as a component of other
income (expense) in our statements of operations.
Prior to the conversion of the preferred stock warrants into
common stock warrants, we recorded other expense of $27,000 for
the nine months ended September 30, 2010 for changes in the
fair market value of these warrants. We recorded other income of
$95,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009
related to these warrants.
NOTE U-F
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Our equity compensation plans provide for the grant of incentive
and nonqualified stock options, as well as other stock-based
awards, to employees, non-employee directors and other
consultants who provide services to us. Stock options generally
vest over three to four years and have a contractual term of ten
years from the date of grant. At September 30, 2010, there
were approximately 366,000 shares available for grant under
approved equity compensation plans.
We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $458,000 and
$177,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and
2009, respectively. This expense was allocated as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cost of revenues
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
$
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option activity was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
($/share)
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,248,205
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
469,455
|
|
|
|
11.84
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(99,451
|
)
|
|
|
.95
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(19,223
|
)
|
|
|
25.78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
1,598,986
|
|
|
$
|
4.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
The fair value of the options granted during 2010 was estimated
on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes method with the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average volatility
|
|
|
46.0
|
%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.32% - 3.14
|
%
|
NOTE U-G
INCOME TAXES
We recorded a provision for income taxes of $96,000 and $60,000
for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. We record our interim provision for income taxes
based on our estimated annual effective tax rate for the year.
Our provision for income taxes includes estimated federal
alternative minimum taxes, state income and franchise taxes, as
well as deferred tax expense resulting from the book and tax
basis difference in goodwill from a prior asset acquisition.
As of December 31, 2009, we had net operating loss
carryforwards of $53.5 million for U.S. federal tax
purposes and $32.4 million for state tax purposes. These
loss carryforwards expire between 2010 and 2029.
Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code
generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net
operating loss carryforwards that might be used to offset
taxable income when a corporation has undergone significant
changes in stock ownership. We have performed a Section 382
analysis for the time period from our inception through
November 3, 2009. During this time period it was determined
that we had five separate ownership changes under
Section 382. We believe that $17.6 million of the
$53.5 million Federal losses will expire unused due to
Section 382 limitations. The maximum annual limitation
under Section 382 is approximately $990,000. This
limitation could be further restricted if ownership changes
occur in future years.
Realization of our net operating loss carryforwards and other
deferred tax temporary differences are contingent upon future
taxable earnings. Our net deferred tax assets have been reduced
fully by a valuation allowance, as realization is not considered
to be likely based on an assessment of the history of losses and
the likelihood of sufficient future taxable income. Our deferred
tax liability relates to goodwill created in a prior asset
acquisition which is deductible for tax purposes.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. As of
September 30, 2010, we are no longer subject to
U.S. federal tax examinations for tax years before 2007. We
are subject to state tax audits until the applicable statutes of
limitations expire.
As of September 30, 2010, we do not have any unrecognized
tax benefits. It is our practice to recognize interest and
penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a
component of income tax expense. We do not expect any material
changes in our unrecognized tax positions over the next
12 months.
NOTE U-H
NET INCOME PER SHARE
Net income per share has been computed using the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each
period. Diluted amounts per share include the impact of
outstanding potential common shares, such as options and
warrants and redeemable convertible preferred stock. Potential
common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the
calculation of diluted net income per common share.
F-27
The following table presents the components of the computation
of basic and diluted net income per share for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
949
|
|
|
$
|
2,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
6,796
|
|
Options and warrants to purchase common and preferred stock
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
|
1,023
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
8,165
|
|
|
|
3,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
|
|
|
9,084
|
|
|
|
11,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share-basic
|
|
$
|
2.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following outstanding options, warrants and redeemable
convertible preferred stock were excluded from the computation
of diluted net income per share for the periods indicated
because they were anti-dilutive (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Options and warrants to purchase common and preferred stock
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE U-I
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
We are involved in various claims and legal actions in the
normal course of business. Our management believes that the
outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
F-28
SCHEDULE II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Revenue,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
Cost or
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
Description
|
|
Period
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Deductions
|
|
End of Period
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Reserves deducted from assets to which it applies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2007 Accounts Receivable Allowance
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
(193
|
)
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008 Accounts Receivable Allowance
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
|
$
|
396
|
|
|
$
|
(286
|
)
|
|
$
|
308
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2009 Accounts Receivable Allowance
|
|
$
|
308
|
|
|
$
|
439
|
|
|
$
|
(521
|
)
|
|
$
|
226
|
|
F-29
2,871,240 Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
December 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company
|
|
JMP Securities
|
|
Needham & Company, LLC
|
|
Canaccord Genuity
|
|
Craig-Hallum Capital Group
|
Neither we nor any of the selling stockholders or underwriters
have authorized anyone to provide information different from
that contained in this prospectus. When you make a decision
about whether to invest in our common stock, you should not rely
upon any information other than the information in this
prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or
solicitation of an offer to buy these shares of common stock in
any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is
unlawful.